Add Godeps

Godeps/Godeps.json

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+{
+	"ImportPath": "github.com/Luzifer/vault-totp",
+	"GoVersion": "go1.7",
+	"GodepVersion": "v75",
+	"Deps": [
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/Luzifer/rconfig",
+			"Comment": "v1.1.0",
+			"Rev": "c27bd3a64b5b19556914d9fec69922cf3852d585"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/boombuler/barcode",
+			"Rev": "fe0f26ff6d26693948ee8189aa064ee8c54141fa"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/boombuler/barcode/qr",
+			"Rev": "fe0f26ff6d26693948ee8189aa064ee8c54141fa"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils",
+			"Rev": "fe0f26ff6d26693948ee8189aa064ee8c54141fa"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/fatih/structs",
+			"Rev": "3fe2facc32a7fbde4b29c0f85604dc1dd22836d2"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/errwrap",
+			"Rev": "7554cd9344cec97297fa6649b055a8c98c2a1e55"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp",
+			"Rev": "ad28ea4487f05916463e2423a55166280e8254b5"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror",
+			"Rev": "d30f09973e19c1dfcd120b2d9c4f168e68d6b5d5"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts",
+			"Rev": "6bb64b370b90e7ef1fa532be9e591a81c3493e00"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/hcl",
+			"Rev": "ef8133da8cda503718a74741312bf50821e6de79"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast",
+			"Rev": "ef8133da8cda503718a74741312bf50821e6de79"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/parser",
+			"Rev": "ef8133da8cda503718a74741312bf50821e6de79"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/scanner",
+			"Rev": "ef8133da8cda503718a74741312bf50821e6de79"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/strconv",
+			"Rev": "ef8133da8cda503718a74741312bf50821e6de79"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token",
+			"Rev": "ef8133da8cda503718a74741312bf50821e6de79"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/parser",
+			"Rev": "ef8133da8cda503718a74741312bf50821e6de79"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/scanner",
+			"Rev": "ef8133da8cda503718a74741312bf50821e6de79"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token",
+			"Rev": "ef8133da8cda503718a74741312bf50821e6de79"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/hashicorp/vault/api",
+			"Comment": "v0.6.0-beta2-24-gf0b06cf",
+			"Rev": "f0b06cf68a3a6d69d0572be23f5035c38d1f3539"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir",
+			"Rev": "981ab348d865cf048eb7d17e78ac7192632d8415"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure",
+			"Rev": "ca63d7c062ee3c9f34db231e352b60012b4fd0c1"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/pquerna/otp",
+			"Rev": "54653902c20e47f3417541d35435cb6d6162e28a"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/pquerna/otp/hotp",
+			"Rev": "54653902c20e47f3417541d35435cb6d6162e28a"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/pquerna/otp/totp",
+			"Rev": "54653902c20e47f3417541d35435cb6d6162e28a"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "github.com/spf13/pflag",
+			"Rev": "c7e63cf4530bcd3ba943729cee0efeff2ebea63f"
+		},
+		{
+			"ImportPath": "gopkg.in/yaml.v2",
+			"Rev": "31c299268d302dd0aa9a0dcf765a3d58971ac83f"
+		}
+	]
+}

Godeps/Readme

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+This directory tree is generated automatically by godep.
+
+Please do not edit.
+
+See https://github.com/tools/godep for more information.

vendor/github.com/Luzifer/rconfig/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+language: go
+
+go:
+  - 1.4
+  - 1.5
+  - tip
+
+script: go test -v -race -cover ./...

vendor/github.com/Luzifer/rconfig/History.md

@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+# 1.1.0 / 2016-06-28
+
+  * Support time.Duration config parameters
+  * Added goreportcard badge
+  * Added testcase for using bool with ENV and default

vendor/github.com/Luzifer/rconfig/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+Copyright 2015 Knut Ahlers <knut@ahlers.me>
+
+Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License");
+you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+You may obtain a copy of the License at
+
+    http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+
+Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+limitations under the License.

vendor/github.com/Luzifer/rconfig/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,94 @@
+[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/Luzifer/rconfig.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/Luzifer/rconfig)
+[![License: Apache v2.0](https://badge.luzifer.io/v1/badge?color=5d79b5&title=license&text=Apache+v2.0)](http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0)
+[![Documentation](https://badge.luzifer.io/v1/badge?title=godoc&text=reference)](https://godoc.org/github.com/Luzifer/rconfig)
+[![Go Report](http://goreportcard.com/badge/Luzifer/rconfig)](http://goreportcard.com/report/Luzifer/rconfig)
+
+## Description
+
+> Package rconfig implements a CLI configuration reader with struct-embedded defaults, environment variables and posix compatible flag parsing using the [pflag](https://github.com/spf13/pflag) library.
+
+## Installation
+
+Install by running:
+
+```
+go get -u github.com/Luzifer/rconfig
+```
+
+OR fetch a specific version:
+
+```
+go get -u gopkg.in/luzifer/rconfig.v1
+```
+
+Run tests by running:
+
+```
+go test -v -race -cover github.com/Luzifer/rconfig
+```
+
+## Usage
+
+As a first step define a struct holding your configuration:
+
+```go
+type config struct {
+  Username string `default:"unknown" flag:"user" description:"Your name"`
+  Details  struct {
+    Age int `default:"25" flag:"age" env:"age" description:"Your age"`
+  }
+}
+```
+
+Next create an instance of that struct and let `rconfig` fill that config:
+
+```go
+var cfg config
+func init() {
+  cfg = config{}
+  rconfig.Parse(&cfg)
+}
+```
+
+You're ready to access your configuration:
+
+```go
+func main() {
+  fmt.Printf("Hello %s, happy birthday for your %dth birthday.",
+		cfg.Username,
+		cfg.Details.Age)
+}
+```
+
+### Provide variable defaults by using a file
+
+Given you have a file `~/.myapp.yml` containing some secrets or usernames (for the example below username is assumed to be "luzifer") as a default configuration for your application you can use this source code to load the defaults from that file using the `vardefault` tag in your configuration struct.
+
+The order of the directives (lower number = higher precedence):
+
+1. Flags provided in command line
+1. Environment variables
+1. Variable defaults (`vardefault` tag in the struct)
+1. `default` tag in the struct
+
+```go
+type config struct {
+  Username string `vardefault:"username" flag:"username" description:"Your username"`
+}
+
+var cfg = config{}
+
+func init() {
+  rconfig.SetVariableDefaults(rconfig.VarDefaultsFromYAMLFile("~/.myapp.yml"))
+  rconfig.Parse(&cfg)
+}
+
+func main() {
+  fmt.Printf("Username = %s", cfg.Username)
+  // Output: Username = luzifer
+}
+```
+
+## More info
+
+You can see the full reference documentation of the rconfig package [at godoc.org](https://godoc.org/github.com/Luzifer/rconfig), or through go's standard documentation system by running `godoc -http=:6060` and browsing to [http://localhost:6060/pkg/github.com/Luzifer/rconfig](http://localhost:6060/pkg/github.com/Luzifer/rconfig) after installation.

vendor/github.com/Luzifer/rconfig/config.go

@@ -0,0 +1,338 @@
+// Package rconfig implements a CLI configuration reader with struct-embedded
+// defaults, environment variables and posix compatible flag parsing using
+// the pflag library.
+package rconfig
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"reflect"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/spf13/pflag"
+)
+
+var (
+	fs               *pflag.FlagSet
+	variableDefaults map[string]string
+)
+
+func init() {
+	variableDefaults = make(map[string]string)
+}
+
+// Parse takes the pointer to a struct filled with variables which should be read
+// from ENV, default or flag. The precedence in this is flag > ENV > default. So
+// if a flag is specified on the CLI it will overwrite the ENV and otherwise ENV
+// overwrites the default specified.
+//
+// For your configuration struct you can use the following struct-tags to control
+// the behavior of rconfig:
+//
+//     default: Set a default value
+//     vardefault: Read the default value from the variable defaults
+//     env: Read the value from this environment variable
+//     flag: Flag to read in format "long,short" (for example "listen,l")
+//     description: A help text for Usage output to guide your users
+//
+// The format you need to specify those values you can see in the example to this
+// function.
+//
+func Parse(config interface{}) error {
+	return parse(config, nil)
+}
+
+// Args returns the non-flag command-line arguments.
+func Args() []string {
+	return fs.Args()
+}
+
+// Usage prints a basic usage with the corresponding defaults for the flags to
+// os.Stdout. The defaults are derived from the `default` struct-tag and the ENV.
+func Usage() {
+	if fs != nil && fs.Parsed() {
+		fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "Usage of %s:\n", os.Args[0])
+		fs.PrintDefaults()
+	}
+}
+
+// SetVariableDefaults presets the parser with a map of default values to be used
+// when specifying the vardefault tag
+func SetVariableDefaults(defaults map[string]string) {
+	variableDefaults = defaults
+}
+
+func parse(in interface{}, args []string) error {
+	if args == nil {
+		args = os.Args
+	}
+
+	fs = pflag.NewFlagSet(os.Args[0], pflag.ExitOnError)
+	if err := execTags(in, fs); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	return fs.Parse(args)
+}
+
+func execTags(in interface{}, fs *pflag.FlagSet) error {
+	if reflect.TypeOf(in).Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
+		return errors.New("Calling parser with non-pointer")
+	}
+
+	if reflect.ValueOf(in).Elem().Kind() != reflect.Struct {
+		return errors.New("Calling parser with pointer to non-struct")
+	}
+
+	st := reflect.ValueOf(in).Elem()
+	for i := 0; i < st.NumField(); i++ {
+		valField := st.Field(i)
+		typeField := st.Type().Field(i)
+
+		if typeField.Tag.Get("default") == "" && typeField.Tag.Get("env") == "" && typeField.Tag.Get("flag") == "" && typeField.Type.Kind() != reflect.Struct {
+			// None of our supported tags is present and it's not a sub-struct
+			continue
+		}
+
+		value := varDefault(typeField.Tag.Get("vardefault"), typeField.Tag.Get("default"))
+		value = envDefault(typeField.Tag.Get("env"), value)
+		parts := strings.Split(typeField.Tag.Get("flag"), ",")
+
+		switch typeField.Type {
+		case reflect.TypeOf(time.Duration(0)):
+			v, err := time.ParseDuration(value)
+			if err != nil {
+				if value == "" {
+					v = time.Duration(0)
+				} else {
+					return err
+				}
+			}
+
+			if typeField.Tag.Get("flag") != "" {
+				if len(parts) == 1 {
+					fs.DurationVar(valField.Addr().Interface().(*time.Duration), parts[0], v, typeField.Tag.Get("description"))
+				} else {
+					fs.DurationVarP(valField.Addr().Interface().(*time.Duration), parts[0], parts[1], v, typeField.Tag.Get("description"))
+				}
+			} else {
+				valField.Set(reflect.ValueOf(v))
+			}
+			continue
+		}
+
+		switch typeField.Type.Kind() {
+		case reflect.String:
+			if typeField.Tag.Get("flag") != "" {
+				if len(parts) == 1 {
+					fs.StringVar(valField.Addr().Interface().(*string), parts[0], value, typeField.Tag.Get("description"))
+				} else {
+					fs.StringVarP(valField.Addr().Interface().(*string), parts[0], parts[1], value, typeField.Tag.Get("description"))
+				}
+			} else {
+				valField.SetString(value)
+			}
+
+		case reflect.Bool:
+			v := value == "true"
+			if typeField.Tag.Get("flag") != "" {
+				if len(parts) == 1 {
+					fs.BoolVar(valField.Addr().Interface().(*bool), parts[0], v, typeField.Tag.Get("description"))
+				} else {
+					fs.BoolVarP(valField.Addr().Interface().(*bool), parts[0], parts[1], v, typeField.Tag.Get("description"))
+				}
+			} else {
+				valField.SetBool(v)
+			}
+
+		case reflect.Int, reflect.Int8, reflect.Int32, reflect.Int64:
+			vt, err := strconv.ParseInt(value, 10, 64)
+			if err != nil {
+				if value == "" {
+					vt = 0
+				} else {
+					return err
+				}
+			}
+			if typeField.Tag.Get("flag") != "" {
+				registerFlagInt(typeField.Type.Kind(), fs, valField.Addr().Interface(), parts, vt, typeField.Tag.Get("description"))
+			} else {
+				valField.SetInt(vt)
+			}
+
+		case reflect.Uint, reflect.Uint8, reflect.Uint16, reflect.Uint32, reflect.Uint64:
+			vt, err := strconv.ParseUint(value, 10, 64)
+			if err != nil {
+				if value == "" {
+					vt = 0
+				} else {
+					return err
+				}
+			}
+			if typeField.Tag.Get("flag") != "" {
+				registerFlagUint(typeField.Type.Kind(), fs, valField.Addr().Interface(), parts, vt, typeField.Tag.Get("description"))
+			} else {
+				valField.SetUint(vt)
+			}
+
+		case reflect.Float32, reflect.Float64:
+			vt, err := strconv.ParseFloat(value, 64)
+			if err != nil {
+				if value == "" {
+					vt = 0.0
+				} else {
+					return err
+				}
+			}
+			if typeField.Tag.Get("flag") != "" {
+				registerFlagFloat(typeField.Type.Kind(), fs, valField.Addr().Interface(), parts, vt, typeField.Tag.Get("description"))
+			} else {
+				valField.SetFloat(vt)
+			}
+
+		case reflect.Struct:
+			if err := execTags(valField.Addr().Interface(), fs); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+
+		case reflect.Slice:
+			switch typeField.Type.Elem().Kind() {
+			case reflect.Int:
+				def := []int{}
+				for _, v := range strings.Split(value, ",") {
+					it, err := strconv.ParseInt(strings.TrimSpace(v), 10, 64)
+					if err != nil {
+						return err
+					}
+					def = append(def, int(it))
+				}
+				if len(parts) == 1 {
+					fs.IntSliceVar(valField.Addr().Interface().(*[]int), parts[0], def, typeField.Tag.Get("description"))
+				} else {
+					fs.IntSliceVarP(valField.Addr().Interface().(*[]int), parts[0], parts[1], def, typeField.Tag.Get("description"))
+				}
+			case reflect.String:
+				del := typeField.Tag.Get("delimiter")
+				if len(del) == 0 {
+					del = ","
+				}
+				def := strings.Split(value, del)
+				if len(parts) == 1 {
+					fs.StringSliceVar(valField.Addr().Interface().(*[]string), parts[0], def, typeField.Tag.Get("description"))
+				} else {
+					fs.StringSliceVarP(valField.Addr().Interface().(*[]string), parts[0], parts[1], def, typeField.Tag.Get("description"))
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func registerFlagFloat(t reflect.Kind, fs *pflag.FlagSet, field interface{}, parts []string, vt float64, desc string) {
+	switch t {
+	case reflect.Float32:
+		if len(parts) == 1 {
+			fs.Float32Var(field.(*float32), parts[0], float32(vt), desc)
+		} else {
+			fs.Float32VarP(field.(*float32), parts[0], parts[1], float32(vt), desc)
+		}
+	case reflect.Float64:
+		if len(parts) == 1 {
+			fs.Float64Var(field.(*float64), parts[0], float64(vt), desc)
+		} else {
+			fs.Float64VarP(field.(*float64), parts[0], parts[1], float64(vt), desc)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func registerFlagInt(t reflect.Kind, fs *pflag.FlagSet, field interface{}, parts []string, vt int64, desc string) {
+	switch t {
+	case reflect.Int:
+		if len(parts) == 1 {
+			fs.IntVar(field.(*int), parts[0], int(vt), desc)
+		} else {
+			fs.IntVarP(field.(*int), parts[0], parts[1], int(vt), desc)
+		}
+	case reflect.Int8:
+		if len(parts) == 1 {
+			fs.Int8Var(field.(*int8), parts[0], int8(vt), desc)
+		} else {
+			fs.Int8VarP(field.(*int8), parts[0], parts[1], int8(vt), desc)
+		}
+	case reflect.Int32:
+		if len(parts) == 1 {
+			fs.Int32Var(field.(*int32), parts[0], int32(vt), desc)
+		} else {
+			fs.Int32VarP(field.(*int32), parts[0], parts[1], int32(vt), desc)
+		}
+	case reflect.Int64:
+		if len(parts) == 1 {
+			fs.Int64Var(field.(*int64), parts[0], int64(vt), desc)
+		} else {
+			fs.Int64VarP(field.(*int64), parts[0], parts[1], int64(vt), desc)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func registerFlagUint(t reflect.Kind, fs *pflag.FlagSet, field interface{}, parts []string, vt uint64, desc string) {
+	switch t {
+	case reflect.Uint:
+		if len(parts) == 1 {
+			fs.UintVar(field.(*uint), parts[0], uint(vt), desc)
+		} else {
+			fs.UintVarP(field.(*uint), parts[0], parts[1], uint(vt), desc)
+		}
+	case reflect.Uint8:
+		if len(parts) == 1 {
+			fs.Uint8Var(field.(*uint8), parts[0], uint8(vt), desc)
+		} else {
+			fs.Uint8VarP(field.(*uint8), parts[0], parts[1], uint8(vt), desc)
+		}
+	case reflect.Uint16:
+		if len(parts) == 1 {
+			fs.Uint16Var(field.(*uint16), parts[0], uint16(vt), desc)
+		} else {
+			fs.Uint16VarP(field.(*uint16), parts[0], parts[1], uint16(vt), desc)
+		}
+	case reflect.Uint32:
+		if len(parts) == 1 {
+			fs.Uint32Var(field.(*uint32), parts[0], uint32(vt), desc)
+		} else {
+			fs.Uint32VarP(field.(*uint32), parts[0], parts[1], uint32(vt), desc)
+		}
+	case reflect.Uint64:
+		if len(parts) == 1 {
+			fs.Uint64Var(field.(*uint64), parts[0], uint64(vt), desc)
+		} else {
+			fs.Uint64VarP(field.(*uint64), parts[0], parts[1], uint64(vt), desc)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func envDefault(env, def string) string {
+	value := def
+
+	if env != "" {
+		if e := os.Getenv(env); e != "" {
+			value = e
+		}
+	}
+
+	return value
+}
+
+func varDefault(name, def string) string {
+	value := def
+
+	if name != "" {
+		if v, ok := variableDefaults[name]; ok {
+			value = v
+		}
+	}
+
+	return value
+}

vendor/github.com/Luzifer/rconfig/vardefault_providers.go

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+package rconfig
+
+import (
+	"io/ioutil"
+
+	"gopkg.in/yaml.v2"
+)
+
+// VarDefaultsFromYAMLFile reads contents of a file and calls VarDefaultsFromYAML
+func VarDefaultsFromYAMLFile(filename string) map[string]string {
+	data, err := ioutil.ReadFile(filename)
+	if err != nil {
+		return make(map[string]string)
+	}
+
+	return VarDefaultsFromYAML(data)
+}
+
+// VarDefaultsFromYAML creates a vardefaults map from YAML raw data
+func VarDefaultsFromYAML(in []byte) map[string]string {
+	out := make(map[string]string)
+	err := yaml.Unmarshal(in, &out)
+	if err != nil {
+		return make(map[string]string)
+	}
+	return out
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2014 Florian Sundermann
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+##Introduction##
+This is a package for GO which can be used to create different types of barcodes.
+
+##Supported Barcode Types##
+* Aztec Code
+* Codabar
+* Code 128
+* Code 39
+* EAN 8
+* EAN 13
+* Datamatrix
+* QR Codes
+* 2 of 5
+
+##Documentation##
+See [GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/boombuler/barcode)
+
+To create a barcode use the Encode function from one of the subpackages.

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/barcode.go

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+package barcode
+
+import "image"
+
+// Contains some meta information about a barcode
+type Metadata struct {
+	// the name of the barcode kind
+	CodeKind string
+	// contains 1 for 1D barcodes or 2 for 2D barcodes
+	Dimensions byte
+}
+
+// a rendered and encoded barcode
+type Barcode interface {
+	image.Image
+	// returns some meta information about the barcode
+	Metadata() Metadata
+	// the data that was encoded in this barcode
+	Content() string
+	CheckSum() int
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/qr/alphanumeric.go

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+package qr
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils"
+)
+
+const charSet string = "0123456789ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ $%*+-./:"
+
+func stringToAlphaIdx(content string) <-chan int {
+	result := make(chan int)
+	go func() {
+		for _, r := range content {
+			idx := strings.IndexRune(charSet, r)
+			result <- idx
+			if idx < 0 {
+				break
+			}
+		}
+		close(result)
+	}()
+
+	return result
+}
+
+func encodeAlphaNumeric(content string, ecl ErrorCorrectionLevel) (*utils.BitList, *versionInfo, error) {
+
+	contentLenIsOdd := len(content)%2 == 1
+	contentBitCount := (len(content) / 2) * 11
+	if contentLenIsOdd {
+		contentBitCount += 6
+	}
+	vi := findSmallestVersionInfo(ecl, alphaNumericMode, contentBitCount)
+	if vi == nil {
+		return nil, nil, errors.New("To much data to encode")
+	}
+
+	res := new(utils.BitList)
+	res.AddBits(int(alphaNumericMode), 4)
+	res.AddBits(len(content), vi.charCountBits(alphaNumericMode))
+
+	encoder := stringToAlphaIdx(content)
+
+	for idx := 0; idx < len(content)/2; idx++ {
+		c1 := <-encoder
+		c2 := <-encoder
+		if c1 < 0 || c2 < 0 {
+			return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"%s\" can not be encoded as %s", content, AlphaNumeric)
+		}
+		res.AddBits(c1*45+c2, 11)
+	}
+	if contentLenIsOdd {
+		c := <-encoder
+		if c < 0 {
+			return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"%s\" can not be encoded as %s", content, AlphaNumeric)
+		}
+		res.AddBits(c, 6)
+	}
+
+	addPaddingAndTerminator(res, vi)
+
+	return res, vi, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/qr/automatic.go

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+package qr
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+
+	"github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils"
+)
+
+func encodeAuto(content string, ecl ErrorCorrectionLevel) (*utils.BitList, *versionInfo, error) {
+	bits, vi, _ := Numeric.getEncoder()(content, ecl)
+	if bits != nil && vi != nil {
+		return bits, vi, nil
+	}
+	bits, vi, _ = AlphaNumeric.getEncoder()(content, ecl)
+	if bits != nil && vi != nil {
+		return bits, vi, nil
+	}
+	bits, vi, _ = Unicode.getEncoder()(content, ecl)
+	if bits != nil && vi != nil {
+		return bits, vi, nil
+	}
+	return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("No encoding found to encode \"%s\"", content)
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/qr/blocks.go

@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+package qr
+
+type block struct {
+	data []byte
+	ecc  []byte
+}
+type blockList []*block
+
+func splitToBlocks(data <-chan byte, vi *versionInfo) blockList {
+	result := make(blockList, vi.NumberOfBlocksInGroup1+vi.NumberOfBlocksInGroup2)
+
+	for b := 0; b < int(vi.NumberOfBlocksInGroup1); b++ {
+		blk := new(block)
+		blk.data = make([]byte, vi.DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup1)
+		for cw := 0; cw < int(vi.DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup1); cw++ {
+			blk.data[cw] = <-data
+		}
+		blk.ecc = ec.calcECC(blk.data, vi.ErrorCorrectionCodewordsPerBlock)
+		result[b] = blk
+	}
+
+	for b := 0; b < int(vi.NumberOfBlocksInGroup2); b++ {
+		blk := new(block)
+		blk.data = make([]byte, vi.DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup2)
+		for cw := 0; cw < int(vi.DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup2); cw++ {
+			blk.data[cw] = <-data
+		}
+		blk.ecc = ec.calcECC(blk.data, vi.ErrorCorrectionCodewordsPerBlock)
+		result[int(vi.NumberOfBlocksInGroup1)+b] = blk
+	}
+
+	return result
+}
+
+func (bl blockList) interleave(vi *versionInfo) []byte {
+	var maxCodewordCount int
+	if vi.DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup1 > vi.DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup2 {
+		maxCodewordCount = int(vi.DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup1)
+	} else {
+		maxCodewordCount = int(vi.DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup2)
+	}
+	resultLen := (vi.DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup1+vi.ErrorCorrectionCodewordsPerBlock)*vi.NumberOfBlocksInGroup1 +
+		(vi.DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup2+vi.ErrorCorrectionCodewordsPerBlock)*vi.NumberOfBlocksInGroup2
+
+	result := make([]byte, 0, resultLen)
+	for i := 0; i < maxCodewordCount; i++ {
+		for b := 0; b < len(bl); b++ {
+			if len(bl[b].data) > i {
+				result = append(result, bl[b].data[i])
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	for i := 0; i < int(vi.ErrorCorrectionCodewordsPerBlock); i++ {
+		for b := 0; b < len(bl); b++ {
+			result = append(result, bl[b].ecc[i])
+		}
+	}
+	return result
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/qr/encoder.go

@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+// Package qr can be used to create QR barcodes.
+package qr
+
+import (
+	"image"
+
+	"github.com/boombuler/barcode"
+	"github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils"
+)
+
+type encodeFn func(content string, eccLevel ErrorCorrectionLevel) (*utils.BitList, *versionInfo, error)
+
+// Encoding mode for QR Codes.
+type Encoding byte
+
+const (
+	// Auto will choose ths best matching encoding
+	Auto Encoding = iota
+	// Numeric encoding only encodes numbers [0-9]
+	Numeric
+	// AlphaNumeric encoding only encodes uppercase letters, numbers and  [Space], $, %, *, +, -, ., /, :
+	AlphaNumeric
+	// Unicode encoding encodes the string as utf-8
+	Unicode
+	// only for testing purpose
+	unknownEncoding
+)
+
+func (e Encoding) getEncoder() encodeFn {
+	switch e {
+	case Auto:
+		return encodeAuto
+	case Numeric:
+		return encodeNumeric
+	case AlphaNumeric:
+		return encodeAlphaNumeric
+	case Unicode:
+		return encodeUnicode
+	}
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (e Encoding) String() string {
+	switch e {
+	case Auto:
+		return "Auto"
+	case Numeric:
+		return "Numeric"
+	case AlphaNumeric:
+		return "AlphaNumeric"
+	case Unicode:
+		return "Unicode"
+	}
+	return ""
+}
+
+// Encode returns a QR barcode with the given content, error correction level and uses the given encoding
+func Encode(content string, level ErrorCorrectionLevel, mode Encoding) (barcode.Barcode, error) {
+	bits, vi, err := mode.getEncoder()(content, level)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	blocks := splitToBlocks(bits.IterateBytes(), vi)
+	data := blocks.interleave(vi)
+	result := render(data, vi)
+	result.content = content
+	return result, nil
+}
+
+func render(data []byte, vi *versionInfo) *qrcode {
+	dim := vi.modulWidth()
+	results := make([]*qrcode, 8)
+	for i := 0; i < 8; i++ {
+		results[i] = newBarcode(dim)
+	}
+
+	occupied := newBarcode(dim)
+
+	setAll := func(x int, y int, val bool) {
+		occupied.Set(x, y, true)
+		for i := 0; i < 8; i++ {
+			results[i].Set(x, y, val)
+		}
+	}
+
+	drawFinderPatterns(vi, setAll)
+	drawAlignmentPatterns(occupied, vi, setAll)
+
+	//Timing Pattern:
+	var i int
+	for i = 0; i < dim; i++ {
+		if !occupied.Get(i, 6) {
+			setAll(i, 6, i%2 == 0)
+		}
+		if !occupied.Get(6, i) {
+			setAll(6, i, i%2 == 0)
+		}
+	}
+	// Dark Module
+	setAll(8, dim-8, true)
+
+	drawVersionInfo(vi, setAll)
+	drawFormatInfo(vi, -1, occupied.Set)
+	for i := 0; i < 8; i++ {
+		drawFormatInfo(vi, i, results[i].Set)
+	}
+
+	// Write the data
+	var curBitNo int
+
+	for pos := range iterateModules(occupied) {
+		var curBit bool
+		if curBitNo < len(data)*8 {
+			curBit = ((data[curBitNo/8] >> uint(7-(curBitNo%8))) & 1) == 1
+		} else {
+			curBit = false
+		}
+
+		for i := 0; i < 8; i++ {
+			setMasked(pos.X, pos.Y, curBit, i, results[i].Set)
+		}
+		curBitNo++
+	}
+
+	lowestPenalty := ^uint(0)
+	lowestPenaltyIdx := -1
+	for i := 0; i < 8; i++ {
+		p := results[i].calcPenalty()
+		if p < lowestPenalty {
+			lowestPenalty = p
+			lowestPenaltyIdx = i
+		}
+	}
+	return results[lowestPenaltyIdx]
+}
+
+func setMasked(x, y int, val bool, mask int, set func(int, int, bool)) {
+	switch mask {
+	case 0:
+		val = val != (((y + x) % 2) == 0)
+		break
+	case 1:
+		val = val != ((y % 2) == 0)
+		break
+	case 2:
+		val = val != ((x % 3) == 0)
+		break
+	case 3:
+		val = val != (((y + x) % 3) == 0)
+		break
+	case 4:
+		val = val != (((y/2 + x/3) % 2) == 0)
+		break
+	case 5:
+		val = val != (((y*x)%2)+((y*x)%3) == 0)
+		break
+	case 6:
+		val = val != ((((y*x)%2)+((y*x)%3))%2 == 0)
+		break
+	case 7:
+		val = val != ((((y+x)%2)+((y*x)%3))%2 == 0)
+	}
+	set(x, y, val)
+}
+
+func iterateModules(occupied *qrcode) <-chan image.Point {
+	result := make(chan image.Point)
+	allPoints := make(chan image.Point)
+	go func() {
+		curX := occupied.dimension - 1
+		curY := occupied.dimension - 1
+		isUpward := true
+
+		for true {
+			if isUpward {
+				allPoints <- image.Pt(curX, curY)
+				allPoints <- image.Pt(curX-1, curY)
+				curY--
+				if curY < 0 {
+					curY = 0
+					curX -= 2
+					if curX == 6 {
+						curX--
+					}
+					if curX < 0 {
+						break
+					}
+					isUpward = false
+				}
+			} else {
+				allPoints <- image.Pt(curX, curY)
+				allPoints <- image.Pt(curX-1, curY)
+				curY++
+				if curY >= occupied.dimension {
+					curY = occupied.dimension - 1
+					curX -= 2
+					if curX == 6 {
+						curX--
+					}
+					isUpward = true
+					if curX < 0 {
+						break
+					}
+				}
+			}
+		}
+
+		close(allPoints)
+	}()
+	go func() {
+		for pt := range allPoints {
+			if !occupied.Get(pt.X, pt.Y) {
+				result <- pt
+			}
+		}
+		close(result)
+	}()
+	return result
+}
+
+func drawFinderPatterns(vi *versionInfo, set func(int, int, bool)) {
+	dim := vi.modulWidth()
+	drawPattern := func(xoff int, yoff int) {
+		for x := -1; x < 8; x++ {
+			for y := -1; y < 8; y++ {
+				val := (x == 0 || x == 6 || y == 0 || y == 6 || (x > 1 && x < 5 && y > 1 && y < 5)) && (x <= 6 && y <= 6 && x >= 0 && y >= 0)
+
+				if x+xoff >= 0 && x+xoff < dim && y+yoff >= 0 && y+yoff < dim {
+					set(x+xoff, y+yoff, val)
+				}
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	drawPattern(0, 0)
+	drawPattern(0, dim-7)
+	drawPattern(dim-7, 0)
+}
+
+func drawAlignmentPatterns(occupied *qrcode, vi *versionInfo, set func(int, int, bool)) {
+	drawPattern := func(xoff int, yoff int) {
+		for x := -2; x <= 2; x++ {
+			for y := -2; y <= 2; y++ {
+				val := x == -2 || x == 2 || y == -2 || y == 2 || (x == 0 && y == 0)
+				set(x+xoff, y+yoff, val)
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	positions := vi.alignmentPatternPlacements()
+
+	for _, x := range positions {
+		for _, y := range positions {
+			if occupied.Get(x, y) {
+				continue
+			}
+			drawPattern(x, y)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+var formatInfos = map[ErrorCorrectionLevel]map[int][]bool{
+	L: {
+		0: []bool{true, true, true, false, true, true, true, true, true, false, false, false, true, false, false},
+		1: []bool{true, true, true, false, false, true, false, true, true, true, true, false, false, true, true},
+		2: []bool{true, true, true, true, true, false, true, true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false},
+		3: []bool{true, true, true, true, false, false, false, true, false, false, true, true, true, false, true},
+		4: []bool{true, true, false, false, true, true, false, false, false, true, false, true, true, true, true},
+		5: []bool{true, true, false, false, false, true, true, false, false, false, true, true, false, false, false},
+		6: []bool{true, true, false, true, true, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, false, true},
+		7: []bool{true, true, false, true, false, false, true, false, true, true, true, false, true, true, false},
+	},
+	M: {
+		0: []bool{true, false, true, false, true, false, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, true, false},
+		1: []bool{true, false, true, false, false, false, true, false, false, true, false, false, true, false, true},
+		2: []bool{true, false, true, true, true, true, false, false, true, true, true, true, true, false, false},
+		3: []bool{true, false, true, true, false, true, true, false, true, false, false, true, false, true, true},
+		4: []bool{true, false, false, false, true, false, true, true, true, true, true, true, false, false, true},
+		5: []bool{true, false, false, false, false, false, false, true, true, false, false, true, true, true, false},
+		6: []bool{true, false, false, true, true, true, true, true, false, false, true, false, true, true, true},
+		7: []bool{true, false, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, false, false, false, false},
+	},
+	Q: {
+		0: []bool{false, true, true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true, true, true, true, true},
+		1: []bool{false, true, true, false, false, false, false, false, true, true, false, true, false, false, false},
+		2: []bool{false, true, true, true, true, true, true, false, false, true, true, false, false, false, true},
+		3: []bool{false, true, true, true, false, true, false, false, false, false, false, false, true, true, false},
+		4: []bool{false, true, false, false, true, false, false, true, false, true, true, false, true, false, false},
+		5: []bool{false, true, false, false, false, false, true, true, false, false, false, false, false, true, true},
+		6: []bool{false, true, false, true, true, true, false, true, true, false, true, true, false, true, false},
+		7: []bool{false, true, false, true, false, true, true, true, true, true, false, true, true, false, true},
+	},
+	H: {
+		0: []bool{false, false, true, false, true, true, false, true, false, false, false, true, false, false, true},
+		1: []bool{false, false, true, false, false, true, true, true, false, true, true, true, true, true, false},
+		2: []bool{false, false, true, true, true, false, false, true, true, true, false, false, true, true, true},
+		3: []bool{false, false, true, true, false, false, true, true, true, false, true, false, false, false, false},
+		4: []bool{false, false, false, false, true, true, true, false, true, true, false, false, false, true, false},
+		5: []bool{false, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true},
+		6: []bool{false, false, false, true, true, false, true, false, false, false, false, true, true, false, false},
+		7: []bool{false, false, false, true, false, false, false, false, false, true, true, true, false, true, true},
+	},
+}
+
+func drawFormatInfo(vi *versionInfo, usedMask int, set func(int, int, bool)) {
+	var formatInfo []bool
+
+	if usedMask == -1 {
+		formatInfo = []bool{true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true, true} // Set all to true cause -1 --> occupied mask.
+	} else {
+		formatInfo = formatInfos[vi.Level][usedMask]
+	}
+
+	if len(formatInfo) == 15 {
+		dim := vi.modulWidth()
+		set(0, 8, formatInfo[0])
+		set(1, 8, formatInfo[1])
+		set(2, 8, formatInfo[2])
+		set(3, 8, formatInfo[3])
+		set(4, 8, formatInfo[4])
+		set(5, 8, formatInfo[5])
+		set(7, 8, formatInfo[6])
+		set(8, 8, formatInfo[7])
+		set(8, 7, formatInfo[8])
+		set(8, 5, formatInfo[9])
+		set(8, 4, formatInfo[10])
+		set(8, 3, formatInfo[11])
+		set(8, 2, formatInfo[12])
+		set(8, 1, formatInfo[13])
+		set(8, 0, formatInfo[14])
+
+		set(8, dim-1, formatInfo[0])
+		set(8, dim-2, formatInfo[1])
+		set(8, dim-3, formatInfo[2])
+		set(8, dim-4, formatInfo[3])
+		set(8, dim-5, formatInfo[4])
+		set(8, dim-6, formatInfo[5])
+		set(8, dim-7, formatInfo[6])
+		set(dim-8, 8, formatInfo[7])
+		set(dim-7, 8, formatInfo[8])
+		set(dim-6, 8, formatInfo[9])
+		set(dim-5, 8, formatInfo[10])
+		set(dim-4, 8, formatInfo[11])
+		set(dim-3, 8, formatInfo[12])
+		set(dim-2, 8, formatInfo[13])
+		set(dim-1, 8, formatInfo[14])
+	}
+}
+
+var versionInfoBitsByVersion = map[byte][]bool{
+	7:  []bool{false, false, false, true, true, true, true, true, false, false, true, false, false, true, false, true, false, false},
+	8:  []bool{false, false, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, true, true, false, true, true, true, true, false, false},
+	9:  []bool{false, false, true, false, false, true, true, false, true, false, true, false, false, true, true, false, false, true},
+	10: []bool{false, false, true, false, true, false, false, true, false, false, true, true, false, true, false, false, true, true},
+	11: []bool{false, false, true, false, true, true, true, false, true, true, true, true, true, true, false, true, true, false},
+	12: []bool{false, false, true, true, false, false, false, true, true, true, false, true, true, false, false, false, true, false},
+	13: []bool{false, false, true, true, false, true, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, true, true, true},
+	14: []bool{false, false, true, true, true, false, false, true, true, false, false, false, false, false, true, true, false, true},
+	15: []bool{false, false, true, true, true, true, true, false, false, true, false, false, true, false, true, false, false, false},
+	16: []bool{false, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, true, true, false, true, true, true, true, false, false, false},
+	17: []bool{false, true, false, false, false, true, false, true, false, false, false, true, false, true, true, true, false, true},
+	18: []bool{false, true, false, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, true, true, true},
+	19: []bool{false, true, false, false, true, true, false, true, false, true, false, false, true, true, false, false, true, false},
+	20: []bool{false, true, false, true, false, false, true, false, false, true, true, false, true, false, false, true, true, false},
+	21: []bool{false, true, false, true, false, true, false, true, true, false, true, false, false, false, false, false, true, true},
+	22: []bool{false, true, false, true, true, false, true, false, false, false, true, true, false, false, true, false, false, true},
+	23: []bool{false, true, false, true, true, true, false, true, true, true, true, true, true, false, true, true, false, false},
+	24: []bool{false, true, true, false, false, false, true, true, true, false, true, true, false, false, false, true, false, false},
+	25: []bool{false, true, true, false, false, true, false, false, false, true, true, true, true, false, false, false, false, true},
+	26: []bool{false, true, true, false, true, false, true, true, true, true, true, false, true, false, true, false, true, true},
+	27: []bool{false, true, true, false, true, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, false, true, true, true, false},
+	28: []bool{false, true, true, true, false, false, true, true, false, false, false, false, false, true, true, false, true, false},
+	29: []bool{false, true, true, true, false, true, false, false, true, true, false, false, true, true, true, true, true, true},
+	30: []bool{false, true, true, true, true, false, true, true, false, true, false, true, true, true, false, true, false, true},
+	31: []bool{false, true, true, true, true, true, false, false, true, false, false, true, false, true, false, false, false, false},
+	32: []bool{true, false, false, false, false, false, true, false, false, true, true, true, false, true, false, true, false, true},
+	33: []bool{true, false, false, false, false, true, false, true, true, false, true, true, true, true, false, false, false, false},
+	34: []bool{true, false, false, false, true, false, true, false, false, false, true, false, true, true, true, false, true, false},
+	35: []bool{true, false, false, false, true, true, false, true, true, true, true, false, false, true, true, true, true, true},
+	36: []bool{true, false, false, true, false, false, true, false, true, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, true, true},
+	37: []bool{true, false, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, false, false, false, true, false, true, true, true, false},
+	38: []bool{true, false, false, true, true, false, true, false, true, false, false, true, true, false, false, true, false, false},
+	39: []bool{true, false, false, true, true, true, false, true, false, true, false, true, false, false, false, false, false, true},
+	40: []bool{true, false, true, false, false, false, true, true, false, false, false, true, true, false, true, false, false, true},
+}
+
+func drawVersionInfo(vi *versionInfo, set func(int, int, bool)) {
+	versionInfoBits, ok := versionInfoBitsByVersion[vi.Version]
+
+	if ok && len(versionInfoBits) > 0 {
+		for i := 0; i < len(versionInfoBits); i++ {
+			x := (vi.modulWidth() - 11) + i%3
+			y := i / 3
+			set(x, y, versionInfoBits[len(versionInfoBits)-i-1])
+			set(y, x, versionInfoBits[len(versionInfoBits)-i-1])
+		}
+	}
+
+}
+
+func addPaddingAndTerminator(bl *utils.BitList, vi *versionInfo) {
+	for i := 0; i < 4 && bl.Len() < vi.totalDataBytes()*8; i++ {
+		bl.AddBit(false)
+	}
+
+	for bl.Len()%8 != 0 {
+		bl.AddBit(false)
+	}
+
+	for i := 0; bl.Len() < vi.totalDataBytes()*8; i++ {
+		if i%2 == 0 {
+			bl.AddByte(236)
+		} else {
+			bl.AddByte(17)
+		}
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/qr/errorcorrection.go

@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+package qr
+
+import (
+	"github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils"
+)
+
+type errorCorrection struct {
+	rs *utils.ReedSolomonEncoder
+}
+
+var ec = newErrorCorrection()
+
+func newErrorCorrection() *errorCorrection {
+	fld := utils.NewGaloisField(285, 256, 0)
+	return &errorCorrection{utils.NewReedSolomonEncoder(fld)}
+}
+
+func (ec *errorCorrection) calcECC(data []byte, eccCount byte) []byte {
+	dataInts := make([]int, len(data))
+	for i := 0; i < len(data); i++ {
+		dataInts[i] = int(data[i])
+	}
+	res := ec.rs.Encode(dataInts, int(eccCount))
+	result := make([]byte, len(res))
+	for i := 0; i < len(res); i++ {
+		result[i] = byte(res[i])
+	}
+	return result
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/qr/numeric.go

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+package qr
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"strconv"
+
+	"github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils"
+)
+
+func encodeNumeric(content string, ecl ErrorCorrectionLevel) (*utils.BitList, *versionInfo, error) {
+	contentBitCount := (len(content) / 3) * 10
+	switch len(content) % 3 {
+	case 1:
+		contentBitCount += 4
+	case 2:
+		contentBitCount += 7
+	}
+	vi := findSmallestVersionInfo(ecl, numericMode, contentBitCount)
+	if vi == nil {
+		return nil, nil, errors.New("To much data to encode")
+	}
+	res := new(utils.BitList)
+	res.AddBits(int(numericMode), 4)
+	res.AddBits(len(content), vi.charCountBits(numericMode))
+
+	for pos := 0; pos < len(content); pos += 3 {
+		var curStr string
+		if pos+3 <= len(content) {
+			curStr = content[pos : pos+3]
+		} else {
+			curStr = content[pos:]
+		}
+
+		i, err := strconv.Atoi(curStr)
+		if err != nil || i < 0 {
+			return nil, nil, fmt.Errorf("\"%s\" can not be encoded as %s", content, Numeric)
+		}
+		var bitCnt byte
+		switch len(curStr) % 3 {
+		case 0:
+			bitCnt = 10
+		case 1:
+			bitCnt = 4
+			break
+		case 2:
+			bitCnt = 7
+			break
+		}
+
+		res.AddBits(i, bitCnt)
+	}
+
+	addPaddingAndTerminator(res, vi)
+	return res, vi, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/qr/qrcode.go

@@ -0,0 +1,170 @@
+package qr
+
+import (
+	"image"
+	"image/color"
+	"math"
+
+	"github.com/boombuler/barcode"
+	"github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils"
+)
+
+type qrcode struct {
+	dimension int
+	data      *utils.BitList
+	content   string
+}
+
+func (qr *qrcode) Content() string {
+	return qr.content
+}
+
+func (qr *qrcode) Metadata() barcode.Metadata {
+	return barcode.Metadata{"QR Code", 2}
+}
+
+func (qr *qrcode) ColorModel() color.Model {
+	return color.Gray16Model
+}
+
+func (qr *qrcode) Bounds() image.Rectangle {
+	return image.Rect(0, 0, qr.dimension, qr.dimension)
+}
+
+func (qr *qrcode) At(x, y int) color.Color {
+	if qr.Get(x, y) {
+		return color.Black
+	}
+	return color.White
+}
+
+func (qr *qrcode) Get(x, y int) bool {
+	return qr.data.GetBit(x*qr.dimension + y)
+}
+
+func (qr *qrcode) Set(x, y int, val bool) {
+	qr.data.SetBit(x*qr.dimension+y, val)
+}
+
+func (qr *qrcode) CheckSum() int {
+	return 0
+}
+
+func (qr *qrcode) calcPenalty() uint {
+	return qr.calcPenaltyRule1() + qr.calcPenaltyRule2() + qr.calcPenaltyRule3() + qr.calcPenaltyRule4()
+}
+
+func (qr *qrcode) calcPenaltyRule1() uint {
+	var result uint
+	for x := 0; x < qr.dimension; x++ {
+		checkForX := false
+		var cntX uint
+		checkForY := false
+		var cntY uint
+
+		for y := 0; y < qr.dimension; y++ {
+			if qr.Get(x, y) == checkForX {
+				cntX++
+			} else {
+				checkForX = !checkForX
+				if cntX >= 5 {
+					result += cntX - 2
+				}
+				cntX = 1
+			}
+
+			if qr.Get(y, x) == checkForY {
+				cntY++
+			} else {
+				checkForY = !checkForY
+				if cntY >= 5 {
+					result += cntY - 2
+				}
+				cntY = 1
+			}
+		}
+
+		if cntX >= 5 {
+			result += cntX - 2
+		}
+		if cntY >= 5 {
+			result += cntY - 2
+		}
+	}
+
+	return result
+}
+
+func (qr *qrcode) calcPenaltyRule2() uint {
+	var result uint
+	for x := 0; x < qr.dimension-1; x++ {
+		for y := 0; y < qr.dimension-1; y++ {
+			check := qr.Get(x, y)
+			if qr.Get(x, y+1) == check && qr.Get(x+1, y) == check && qr.Get(x+1, y+1) == check {
+				result += 3
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return result
+}
+
+func (qr *qrcode) calcPenaltyRule3() uint {
+	pattern1 := []bool{true, false, true, true, true, false, true, false, false, false, false}
+	pattern2 := []bool{false, false, false, false, true, false, true, true, true, false, true}
+
+	var result uint
+	for x := 0; x <= qr.dimension-len(pattern1); x++ {
+		for y := 0; y < qr.dimension; y++ {
+			pattern1XFound := true
+			pattern2XFound := true
+			pattern1YFound := true
+			pattern2YFound := true
+
+			for i := 0; i < len(pattern1); i++ {
+				iv := qr.Get(x+i, y)
+				if iv != pattern1[i] {
+					pattern1XFound = false
+				}
+				if iv != pattern2[i] {
+					pattern2XFound = false
+				}
+				iv = qr.Get(y, x+i)
+				if iv != pattern1[i] {
+					pattern1YFound = false
+				}
+				if iv != pattern2[i] {
+					pattern2YFound = false
+				}
+			}
+			if pattern1XFound || pattern2XFound {
+				result += 40
+			}
+			if pattern1YFound || pattern2YFound {
+				result += 40
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	return result
+}
+
+func (qr *qrcode) calcPenaltyRule4() uint {
+	totalNum := qr.data.Len()
+	trueCnt := 0
+	for i := 0; i < totalNum; i++ {
+		if qr.data.GetBit(i) {
+			trueCnt++
+		}
+	}
+	percDark := float64(trueCnt) * 100 / float64(totalNum)
+	floor := math.Abs(math.Floor(percDark/5) - 10)
+	ceil := math.Abs(math.Ceil(percDark/5) - 10)
+	return uint(math.Min(floor, ceil) * 10)
+}
+
+func newBarcode(dim int) *qrcode {
+	res := new(qrcode)
+	res.dimension = dim
+	res.data = utils.NewBitList(dim * dim)
+	return res
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/qr/unicode.go

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+package qr
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+
+	"github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils"
+)
+
+func encodeUnicode(content string, ecl ErrorCorrectionLevel) (*utils.BitList, *versionInfo, error) {
+	data := []byte(content)
+
+	vi := findSmallestVersionInfo(ecl, byteMode, len(data)*8)
+	if vi == nil {
+		return nil, nil, errors.New("To much data to encode")
+	}
+
+	// It's not correct to add the unicode bytes to the result directly but most readers can't handle the
+	// required ECI header...
+	res := new(utils.BitList)
+	res.AddBits(int(byteMode), 4)
+	res.AddBits(len(content), vi.charCountBits(byteMode))
+	for _, b := range data {
+		res.AddByte(b)
+	}
+	addPaddingAndTerminator(res, vi)
+	return res, vi, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/qr/versioninfo.go

@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+package qr
+
+import "math"
+
+// ErrorCorrectionLevel indicates the amount of "backup data" stored in the QR code
+type ErrorCorrectionLevel byte
+
+const (
+	// L recovers 7% of data
+	L ErrorCorrectionLevel = iota
+	// M recovers 15% of data
+	M
+	// Q recovers 25% of data
+	Q
+	// H recovers 30% of data
+	H
+)
+
+func (ecl ErrorCorrectionLevel) String() string {
+	switch ecl {
+	case L:
+		return "L"
+	case M:
+		return "M"
+	case Q:
+		return "Q"
+	case H:
+		return "H"
+	}
+	return "unknown"
+}
+
+type encodingMode byte
+
+const (
+	numericMode      encodingMode = 1
+	alphaNumericMode encodingMode = 2
+	byteMode         encodingMode = 4
+	kanjiMode        encodingMode = 8
+)
+
+type versionInfo struct {
+	Version                          byte
+	Level                            ErrorCorrectionLevel
+	ErrorCorrectionCodewordsPerBlock byte
+	NumberOfBlocksInGroup1           byte
+	DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup1    byte
+	NumberOfBlocksInGroup2           byte
+	DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup2    byte
+}
+
+var versionInfos = []*versionInfo{
+	&versionInfo{1, L, 7, 1, 19, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{1, M, 10, 1, 16, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{1, Q, 13, 1, 13, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{1, H, 17, 1, 9, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{2, L, 10, 1, 34, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{2, M, 16, 1, 28, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{2, Q, 22, 1, 22, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{2, H, 28, 1, 16, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{3, L, 15, 1, 55, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{3, M, 26, 1, 44, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{3, Q, 18, 2, 17, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{3, H, 22, 2, 13, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{4, L, 20, 1, 80, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{4, M, 18, 2, 32, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{4, Q, 26, 2, 24, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{4, H, 16, 4, 9, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{5, L, 26, 1, 108, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{5, M, 24, 2, 43, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{5, Q, 18, 2, 15, 2, 16},
+	&versionInfo{5, H, 22, 2, 11, 2, 12},
+	&versionInfo{6, L, 18, 2, 68, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{6, M, 16, 4, 27, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{6, Q, 24, 4, 19, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{6, H, 28, 4, 15, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{7, L, 20, 2, 78, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{7, M, 18, 4, 31, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{7, Q, 18, 2, 14, 4, 15},
+	&versionInfo{7, H, 26, 4, 13, 1, 14},
+	&versionInfo{8, L, 24, 2, 97, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{8, M, 22, 2, 38, 2, 39},
+	&versionInfo{8, Q, 22, 4, 18, 2, 19},
+	&versionInfo{8, H, 26, 4, 14, 2, 15},
+	&versionInfo{9, L, 30, 2, 116, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{9, M, 22, 3, 36, 2, 37},
+	&versionInfo{9, Q, 20, 4, 16, 4, 17},
+	&versionInfo{9, H, 24, 4, 12, 4, 13},
+	&versionInfo{10, L, 18, 2, 68, 2, 69},
+	&versionInfo{10, M, 26, 4, 43, 1, 44},
+	&versionInfo{10, Q, 24, 6, 19, 2, 20},
+	&versionInfo{10, H, 28, 6, 15, 2, 16},
+	&versionInfo{11, L, 20, 4, 81, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{11, M, 30, 1, 50, 4, 51},
+	&versionInfo{11, Q, 28, 4, 22, 4, 23},
+	&versionInfo{11, H, 24, 3, 12, 8, 13},
+	&versionInfo{12, L, 24, 2, 92, 2, 93},
+	&versionInfo{12, M, 22, 6, 36, 2, 37},
+	&versionInfo{12, Q, 26, 4, 20, 6, 21},
+	&versionInfo{12, H, 28, 7, 14, 4, 15},
+	&versionInfo{13, L, 26, 4, 107, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{13, M, 22, 8, 37, 1, 38},
+	&versionInfo{13, Q, 24, 8, 20, 4, 21},
+	&versionInfo{13, H, 22, 12, 11, 4, 12},
+	&versionInfo{14, L, 30, 3, 115, 1, 116},
+	&versionInfo{14, M, 24, 4, 40, 5, 41},
+	&versionInfo{14, Q, 20, 11, 16, 5, 17},
+	&versionInfo{14, H, 24, 11, 12, 5, 13},
+	&versionInfo{15, L, 22, 5, 87, 1, 88},
+	&versionInfo{15, M, 24, 5, 41, 5, 42},
+	&versionInfo{15, Q, 30, 5, 24, 7, 25},
+	&versionInfo{15, H, 24, 11, 12, 7, 13},
+	&versionInfo{16, L, 24, 5, 98, 1, 99},
+	&versionInfo{16, M, 28, 7, 45, 3, 46},
+	&versionInfo{16, Q, 24, 15, 19, 2, 20},
+	&versionInfo{16, H, 30, 3, 15, 13, 16},
+	&versionInfo{17, L, 28, 1, 107, 5, 108},
+	&versionInfo{17, M, 28, 10, 46, 1, 47},
+	&versionInfo{17, Q, 28, 1, 22, 15, 23},
+	&versionInfo{17, H, 28, 2, 14, 17, 15},
+	&versionInfo{18, L, 30, 5, 120, 1, 121},
+	&versionInfo{18, M, 26, 9, 43, 4, 44},
+	&versionInfo{18, Q, 28, 17, 22, 1, 23},
+	&versionInfo{18, H, 28, 2, 14, 19, 15},
+	&versionInfo{19, L, 28, 3, 113, 4, 114},
+	&versionInfo{19, M, 26, 3, 44, 11, 45},
+	&versionInfo{19, Q, 26, 17, 21, 4, 22},
+	&versionInfo{19, H, 26, 9, 13, 16, 14},
+	&versionInfo{20, L, 28, 3, 107, 5, 108},
+	&versionInfo{20, M, 26, 3, 41, 13, 42},
+	&versionInfo{20, Q, 30, 15, 24, 5, 25},
+	&versionInfo{20, H, 28, 15, 15, 10, 16},
+	&versionInfo{21, L, 28, 4, 116, 4, 117},
+	&versionInfo{21, M, 26, 17, 42, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{21, Q, 28, 17, 22, 6, 23},
+	&versionInfo{21, H, 30, 19, 16, 6, 17},
+	&versionInfo{22, L, 28, 2, 111, 7, 112},
+	&versionInfo{22, M, 28, 17, 46, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{22, Q, 30, 7, 24, 16, 25},
+	&versionInfo{22, H, 24, 34, 13, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{23, L, 30, 4, 121, 5, 122},
+	&versionInfo{23, M, 28, 4, 47, 14, 48},
+	&versionInfo{23, Q, 30, 11, 24, 14, 25},
+	&versionInfo{23, H, 30, 16, 15, 14, 16},
+	&versionInfo{24, L, 30, 6, 117, 4, 118},
+	&versionInfo{24, M, 28, 6, 45, 14, 46},
+	&versionInfo{24, Q, 30, 11, 24, 16, 25},
+	&versionInfo{24, H, 30, 30, 16, 2, 17},
+	&versionInfo{25, L, 26, 8, 106, 4, 107},
+	&versionInfo{25, M, 28, 8, 47, 13, 48},
+	&versionInfo{25, Q, 30, 7, 24, 22, 25},
+	&versionInfo{25, H, 30, 22, 15, 13, 16},
+	&versionInfo{26, L, 28, 10, 114, 2, 115},
+	&versionInfo{26, M, 28, 19, 46, 4, 47},
+	&versionInfo{26, Q, 28, 28, 22, 6, 23},
+	&versionInfo{26, H, 30, 33, 16, 4, 17},
+	&versionInfo{27, L, 30, 8, 122, 4, 123},
+	&versionInfo{27, M, 28, 22, 45, 3, 46},
+	&versionInfo{27, Q, 30, 8, 23, 26, 24},
+	&versionInfo{27, H, 30, 12, 15, 28, 16},
+	&versionInfo{28, L, 30, 3, 117, 10, 118},
+	&versionInfo{28, M, 28, 3, 45, 23, 46},
+	&versionInfo{28, Q, 30, 4, 24, 31, 25},
+	&versionInfo{28, H, 30, 11, 15, 31, 16},
+	&versionInfo{29, L, 30, 7, 116, 7, 117},
+	&versionInfo{29, M, 28, 21, 45, 7, 46},
+	&versionInfo{29, Q, 30, 1, 23, 37, 24},
+	&versionInfo{29, H, 30, 19, 15, 26, 16},
+	&versionInfo{30, L, 30, 5, 115, 10, 116},
+	&versionInfo{30, M, 28, 19, 47, 10, 48},
+	&versionInfo{30, Q, 30, 15, 24, 25, 25},
+	&versionInfo{30, H, 30, 23, 15, 25, 16},
+	&versionInfo{31, L, 30, 13, 115, 3, 116},
+	&versionInfo{31, M, 28, 2, 46, 29, 47},
+	&versionInfo{31, Q, 30, 42, 24, 1, 25},
+	&versionInfo{31, H, 30, 23, 15, 28, 16},
+	&versionInfo{32, L, 30, 17, 115, 0, 0},
+	&versionInfo{32, M, 28, 10, 46, 23, 47},
+	&versionInfo{32, Q, 30, 10, 24, 35, 25},
+	&versionInfo{32, H, 30, 19, 15, 35, 16},
+	&versionInfo{33, L, 30, 17, 115, 1, 116},
+	&versionInfo{33, M, 28, 14, 46, 21, 47},
+	&versionInfo{33, Q, 30, 29, 24, 19, 25},
+	&versionInfo{33, H, 30, 11, 15, 46, 16},
+	&versionInfo{34, L, 30, 13, 115, 6, 116},
+	&versionInfo{34, M, 28, 14, 46, 23, 47},
+	&versionInfo{34, Q, 30, 44, 24, 7, 25},
+	&versionInfo{34, H, 30, 59, 16, 1, 17},
+	&versionInfo{35, L, 30, 12, 121, 7, 122},
+	&versionInfo{35, M, 28, 12, 47, 26, 48},
+	&versionInfo{35, Q, 30, 39, 24, 14, 25},
+	&versionInfo{35, H, 30, 22, 15, 41, 16},
+	&versionInfo{36, L, 30, 6, 121, 14, 122},
+	&versionInfo{36, M, 28, 6, 47, 34, 48},
+	&versionInfo{36, Q, 30, 46, 24, 10, 25},
+	&versionInfo{36, H, 30, 2, 15, 64, 16},
+	&versionInfo{37, L, 30, 17, 122, 4, 123},
+	&versionInfo{37, M, 28, 29, 46, 14, 47},
+	&versionInfo{37, Q, 30, 49, 24, 10, 25},
+	&versionInfo{37, H, 30, 24, 15, 46, 16},
+	&versionInfo{38, L, 30, 4, 122, 18, 123},
+	&versionInfo{38, M, 28, 13, 46, 32, 47},
+	&versionInfo{38, Q, 30, 48, 24, 14, 25},
+	&versionInfo{38, H, 30, 42, 15, 32, 16},
+	&versionInfo{39, L, 30, 20, 117, 4, 118},
+	&versionInfo{39, M, 28, 40, 47, 7, 48},
+	&versionInfo{39, Q, 30, 43, 24, 22, 25},
+	&versionInfo{39, H, 30, 10, 15, 67, 16},
+	&versionInfo{40, L, 30, 19, 118, 6, 119},
+	&versionInfo{40, M, 28, 18, 47, 31, 48},
+	&versionInfo{40, Q, 30, 34, 24, 34, 25},
+	&versionInfo{40, H, 30, 20, 15, 61, 16},
+}
+
+func (vi *versionInfo) totalDataBytes() int {
+	g1Data := int(vi.NumberOfBlocksInGroup1) * int(vi.DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup1)
+	g2Data := int(vi.NumberOfBlocksInGroup2) * int(vi.DataCodeWordsPerBlockInGroup2)
+	return (g1Data + g2Data)
+}
+
+func (vi *versionInfo) charCountBits(m encodingMode) byte {
+	switch m {
+	case numericMode:
+		if vi.Version < 10 {
+			return 10
+		} else if vi.Version < 27 {
+			return 12
+		}
+		return 14
+
+	case alphaNumericMode:
+		if vi.Version < 10 {
+			return 9
+		} else if vi.Version < 27 {
+			return 11
+		}
+		return 13
+
+	case byteMode:
+		if vi.Version < 10 {
+			return 8
+		}
+		return 16
+
+	case kanjiMode:
+		if vi.Version < 10 {
+			return 8
+		} else if vi.Version < 27 {
+			return 10
+		}
+		return 12
+	default:
+		return 0
+	}
+}
+
+func (vi *versionInfo) modulWidth() int {
+	return ((int(vi.Version) - 1) * 4) + 21
+}
+
+func (vi *versionInfo) alignmentPatternPlacements() []int {
+	if vi.Version == 1 {
+		return make([]int, 0)
+	}
+
+	first := 6
+	last := vi.modulWidth() - 7
+	space := float64(last - first)
+	count := int(math.Ceil(space/28)) + 1
+
+	result := make([]int, count)
+	result[0] = first
+	result[len(result)-1] = last
+	if count > 2 {
+		step := int(math.Ceil(float64(last-first) / float64(count-1)))
+		if step%2 == 1 {
+			frac := float64(last-first) / float64(count-1)
+			_, x := math.Modf(frac)
+			if x >= 0.5 {
+				frac = math.Ceil(frac)
+			} else {
+				frac = math.Floor(frac)
+			}
+
+			if int(frac)%2 == 0 {
+				step--
+			} else {
+				step++
+			}
+		}
+
+		for i := 1; i <= count-2; i++ {
+			result[i] = last - (step * (count - 1 - i))
+		}
+	}
+
+	return result
+}
+
+func findSmallestVersionInfo(ecl ErrorCorrectionLevel, mode encodingMode, dataBits int) *versionInfo {
+	dataBits = dataBits + 4 // mode indicator
+	for _, vi := range versionInfos {
+		if vi.Level == ecl {
+			if (vi.totalDataBytes() * 8) >= (dataBits + int(vi.charCountBits(mode))) {
+				return vi
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	return nil
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/scaledbarcode.go

@@ -0,0 +1,115 @@
+package barcode
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"image"
+	"image/color"
+	"math"
+)
+
+type wrapFunc func(x, y int) color.Color
+
+type scaledBarcode struct {
+	wrapped     Barcode
+	wrapperFunc wrapFunc
+	rect        image.Rectangle
+}
+
+func (bc *scaledBarcode) Content() string {
+	return bc.wrapped.Content()
+}
+
+func (bc *scaledBarcode) Metadata() Metadata {
+	return bc.wrapped.Metadata()
+}
+
+func (bc *scaledBarcode) ColorModel() color.Model {
+	return bc.wrapped.ColorModel()
+}
+
+func (bc *scaledBarcode) Bounds() image.Rectangle {
+	return bc.rect
+}
+
+func (bc *scaledBarcode) At(x, y int) color.Color {
+	return bc.wrapperFunc(x, y)
+}
+
+func (bc *scaledBarcode) CheckSum() int {
+	return bc.wrapped.CheckSum()
+}
+
+// Scale returns a resized barcode with the given width and height.
+func Scale(bc Barcode, width, height int) (Barcode, error) {
+	switch bc.Metadata().Dimensions {
+	case 1:
+		return scale1DCode(bc, width, height)
+	case 2:
+		return scale2DCode(bc, width, height)
+	}
+
+	return nil, errors.New("unsupported barcode format")
+}
+
+func scale2DCode(bc Barcode, width, height int) (Barcode, error) {
+	orgBounds := bc.Bounds()
+	orgWidth := orgBounds.Max.X - orgBounds.Min.X
+	orgHeight := orgBounds.Max.Y - orgBounds.Min.Y
+
+	factor := int(math.Min(float64(width)/float64(orgWidth), float64(height)/float64(orgHeight)))
+	if factor <= 0 {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("can not scale barcode to an image smaller then %dx%d", orgWidth, orgHeight)
+	}
+
+	offsetX := (width - (orgWidth * factor)) / 2
+	offsetY := (height - (orgHeight * factor)) / 2
+
+	wrap := func(x, y int) color.Color {
+		if x < offsetX || y < offsetY {
+			return color.White
+		}
+		x = (x - offsetX) / factor
+		y = (y - offsetY) / factor
+		if x >= orgWidth || y >= orgHeight {
+			return color.White
+		}
+		return bc.At(x, y)
+	}
+
+	return &scaledBarcode{
+		bc,
+		wrap,
+		image.Rect(0, 0, width, height),
+	}, nil
+}
+
+func scale1DCode(bc Barcode, width, height int) (Barcode, error) {
+	orgBounds := bc.Bounds()
+	orgWidth := orgBounds.Max.X - orgBounds.Min.X
+	factor := int(float64(width) / float64(orgWidth))
+
+	if factor <= 0 {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("can not scale barcode to an image smaller then %dx1", orgWidth)
+	}
+	offsetX := (width - (orgWidth * factor)) / 2
+
+	wrap := func(x, y int) color.Color {
+		if x < offsetX {
+			return color.White
+		}
+		x = (x - offsetX) / factor
+
+		if x >= orgWidth {
+			return color.White
+		}
+		return bc.At(x, 0)
+	}
+
+	return &scaledBarcode{
+		bc,
+		wrap,
+		image.Rect(0, 0, width, height),
+	}, nil
+
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils/base1dcode.go

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+// Package utils contain some utilities which are needed to create barcodes
+package utils
+
+import (
+	"image"
+	"image/color"
+
+	"github.com/boombuler/barcode"
+)
+
+type base1DCode struct {
+	*BitList
+	kind     string
+	content  string
+	checksum int
+}
+
+func (c *base1DCode) Content() string {
+	return c.content
+}
+
+func (c *base1DCode) Metadata() barcode.Metadata {
+	return barcode.Metadata{c.kind, 1}
+}
+
+func (c *base1DCode) ColorModel() color.Model {
+	return color.Gray16Model
+}
+
+func (c *base1DCode) Bounds() image.Rectangle {
+	return image.Rect(0, 0, c.Len(), 1)
+}
+
+func (c *base1DCode) At(x, y int) color.Color {
+	if c.GetBit(x) {
+		return color.Black
+	}
+	return color.White
+}
+
+func (c *base1DCode) CheckSum() int {
+	return c.checksum
+}
+
+// New1DCode creates a new 1D barcode where the bars are represented by the bits in the bars BitList
+func New1DCode(codeKind, content string, bars *BitList, checksum int) barcode.Barcode {
+	return &base1DCode{bars, codeKind, content, checksum}
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils/bitlist.go

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+package utils
+
+// BitList is a list that contains bits
+type BitList struct {
+	count int
+	data  []int32
+}
+
+// NewBitList returns a new BitList with the given length
+// all bits are initialize with false
+func NewBitList(capacity int) *BitList {
+	bl := new(BitList)
+	bl.count = capacity
+	x := 0
+	if capacity%32 != 0 {
+		x = 1
+	}
+	bl.data = make([]int32, capacity/32+x)
+	return bl
+}
+
+// Len returns the number of contained bits
+func (bl *BitList) Len() int {
+	return bl.count
+}
+
+func (bl *BitList) grow() {
+	growBy := len(bl.data)
+	if growBy < 128 {
+		growBy = 128
+	} else if growBy >= 1024 {
+		growBy = 1024
+	}
+
+	nd := make([]int32, len(bl.data)+growBy)
+	copy(nd, bl.data)
+	bl.data = nd
+}
+
+// AddBit appends the given bits to the end of the list
+func (bl *BitList) AddBit(bits ...bool) {
+	for _, bit := range bits {
+		itmIndex := bl.count / 32
+		for itmIndex >= len(bl.data) {
+			bl.grow()
+		}
+		bl.SetBit(bl.count, bit)
+		bl.count++
+	}
+}
+
+// SetBit sets the bit at the given index to the given value
+func (bl *BitList) SetBit(index int, value bool) {
+	itmIndex := index / 32
+	itmBitShift := 31 - (index % 32)
+	if value {
+		bl.data[itmIndex] = bl.data[itmIndex] | 1<<uint(itmBitShift)
+	} else {
+		bl.data[itmIndex] = bl.data[itmIndex] & ^(1 << uint(itmBitShift))
+	}
+}
+
+// GetBit returns the bit at the given index
+func (bl *BitList) GetBit(index int) bool {
+	itmIndex := index / 32
+	itmBitShift := 31 - (index % 32)
+	return ((bl.data[itmIndex] >> uint(itmBitShift)) & 1) == 1
+}
+
+// AddByte appends all 8 bits of the given byte to the end of the list
+func (bl *BitList) AddByte(b byte) {
+	for i := 7; i >= 0; i-- {
+		bl.AddBit(((b >> uint(i)) & 1) == 1)
+	}
+}
+
+// AddBits appends the last (LSB) 'count' bits of 'b' the the end of the list
+func (bl *BitList) AddBits(b int, count byte) {
+	for i := int(count) - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
+		bl.AddBit(((b >> uint(i)) & 1) == 1)
+	}
+}
+
+// GetBytes returns all bits of the BitList as a []byte
+func (bl *BitList) GetBytes() []byte {
+	len := bl.count >> 3
+	if (bl.count % 8) != 0 {
+		len++
+	}
+	result := make([]byte, len)
+	for i := 0; i < len; i++ {
+		shift := (3 - (i % 4)) * 8
+		result[i] = (byte)((bl.data[i/4] >> uint(shift)) & 0xFF)
+	}
+	return result
+}
+
+// IterateBytes iterates through all bytes contained in the BitList
+func (bl *BitList) IterateBytes() <-chan byte {
+	res := make(chan byte)
+
+	go func() {
+		c := bl.count
+		shift := 24
+		i := 0
+		for c > 0 {
+			res <- byte((bl.data[i] >> uint(shift)) & 0xFF)
+			shift -= 8
+			if shift < 0 {
+				shift = 24
+				i++
+			}
+			c -= 8
+		}
+		close(res)
+	}()
+
+	return res
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils/galoisfield.go

@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+package utils
+
+// GaloisField encapsulates galois field arithmetics
+type GaloisField struct {
+	Size    int
+	Base    int
+	ALogTbl []int
+	LogTbl  []int
+}
+
+// NewGaloisField creates a new galois field
+func NewGaloisField(pp, fieldSize, b int) *GaloisField {
+	result := new(GaloisField)
+
+	result.Size = fieldSize
+	result.Base = b
+	result.ALogTbl = make([]int, fieldSize)
+	result.LogTbl = make([]int, fieldSize)
+
+	x := 1
+	for i := 0; i < fieldSize; i++ {
+		result.ALogTbl[i] = x
+		x = x * 2
+		if x >= fieldSize {
+			x = (x ^ pp) & (fieldSize - 1)
+		}
+	}
+
+	for i := 0; i < fieldSize; i++ {
+		result.LogTbl[result.ALogTbl[i]] = int(i)
+	}
+
+	return result
+}
+
+func (gf *GaloisField) Zero() *GFPoly {
+	return NewGFPoly(gf, []int{0})
+}
+
+// AddOrSub add or substract two numbers
+func (gf *GaloisField) AddOrSub(a, b int) int {
+	return a ^ b
+}
+
+// Multiply multiplys two numbers
+func (gf *GaloisField) Multiply(a, b int) int {
+	if a == 0 || b == 0 {
+		return 0
+	}
+	return gf.ALogTbl[(gf.LogTbl[a]+gf.LogTbl[b])%(gf.Size-1)]
+}
+
+// Divide divides two numbers
+func (gf *GaloisField) Divide(a, b int) int {
+	if b == 0 {
+		panic("divide by zero")
+	} else if a == 0 {
+		return 0
+	}
+	return gf.ALogTbl[(gf.LogTbl[a]-gf.LogTbl[b])%(gf.Size-1)]
+}
+
+func (gf *GaloisField) Invers(num int) int {
+	return gf.ALogTbl[(gf.Size-1)-gf.LogTbl[num]]
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils/gfpoly.go

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+package utils
+
+type GFPoly struct {
+	gf           *GaloisField
+	Coefficients []int
+}
+
+func (gp *GFPoly) Degree() int {
+	return len(gp.Coefficients) - 1
+}
+
+func (gp *GFPoly) Zero() bool {
+	return gp.Coefficients[0] == 0
+}
+
+// GetCoefficient returns the coefficient of x ^ degree
+func (gp *GFPoly) GetCoefficient(degree int) int {
+	return gp.Coefficients[gp.Degree()-degree]
+}
+
+func (gp *GFPoly) AddOrSubstract(other *GFPoly) *GFPoly {
+	if gp.Zero() {
+		return other
+	} else if other.Zero() {
+		return gp
+	}
+	smallCoeff := gp.Coefficients
+	largeCoeff := other.Coefficients
+	if len(smallCoeff) > len(largeCoeff) {
+		largeCoeff, smallCoeff = smallCoeff, largeCoeff
+	}
+	sumDiff := make([]int, len(largeCoeff))
+	lenDiff := len(largeCoeff) - len(smallCoeff)
+	copy(sumDiff, largeCoeff[:lenDiff])
+	for i := lenDiff; i < len(largeCoeff); i++ {
+		sumDiff[i] = int(gp.gf.AddOrSub(int(smallCoeff[i-lenDiff]), int(largeCoeff[i])))
+	}
+	return NewGFPoly(gp.gf, sumDiff)
+}
+
+func (gp *GFPoly) MultByMonominal(degree int, coeff int) *GFPoly {
+	if coeff == 0 {
+		return gp.gf.Zero()
+	}
+	size := len(gp.Coefficients)
+	result := make([]int, size+degree)
+	for i := 0; i < size; i++ {
+		result[i] = int(gp.gf.Multiply(int(gp.Coefficients[i]), int(coeff)))
+	}
+	return NewGFPoly(gp.gf, result)
+}
+
+func (gp *GFPoly) Multiply(other *GFPoly) *GFPoly {
+	if gp.Zero() || other.Zero() {
+		return gp.gf.Zero()
+	}
+	aCoeff := gp.Coefficients
+	aLen := len(aCoeff)
+	bCoeff := other.Coefficients
+	bLen := len(bCoeff)
+	product := make([]int, aLen+bLen-1)
+	for i := 0; i < aLen; i++ {
+		ac := int(aCoeff[i])
+		for j := 0; j < bLen; j++ {
+			bc := int(bCoeff[j])
+			product[i+j] = int(gp.gf.AddOrSub(int(product[i+j]), gp.gf.Multiply(ac, bc)))
+		}
+	}
+	return NewGFPoly(gp.gf, product)
+}
+
+func (gp *GFPoly) Divide(other *GFPoly) (quotient *GFPoly, remainder *GFPoly) {
+	quotient = gp.gf.Zero()
+	remainder = gp
+	fld := gp.gf
+	denomLeadTerm := other.GetCoefficient(other.Degree())
+	inversDenomLeadTerm := fld.Invers(int(denomLeadTerm))
+	for remainder.Degree() >= other.Degree() && !remainder.Zero() {
+		degreeDiff := remainder.Degree() - other.Degree()
+		scale := int(fld.Multiply(int(remainder.GetCoefficient(remainder.Degree())), inversDenomLeadTerm))
+		term := other.MultByMonominal(degreeDiff, scale)
+		itQuot := NewMonominalPoly(fld, degreeDiff, scale)
+		quotient = quotient.AddOrSubstract(itQuot)
+		remainder = remainder.AddOrSubstract(term)
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+func NewMonominalPoly(field *GaloisField, degree int, coeff int) *GFPoly {
+	if coeff == 0 {
+		return field.Zero()
+	}
+	result := make([]int, degree+1)
+	result[0] = coeff
+	return NewGFPoly(field, result)
+}
+
+func NewGFPoly(field *GaloisField, coefficients []int) *GFPoly {
+	for len(coefficients) > 1 && coefficients[0] == 0 {
+		coefficients = coefficients[1:]
+	}
+	return &GFPoly{field, coefficients}
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils/reedsolomon.go

@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+package utils
+
+import (
+	"sync"
+)
+
+type ReedSolomonEncoder struct {
+	gf        *GaloisField
+	polynomes []*GFPoly
+	m         *sync.Mutex
+}
+
+func NewReedSolomonEncoder(gf *GaloisField) *ReedSolomonEncoder {
+	return &ReedSolomonEncoder{
+		gf, []*GFPoly{NewGFPoly(gf, []int{1})}, new(sync.Mutex),
+	}
+}
+
+func (rs *ReedSolomonEncoder) getPolynomial(degree int) *GFPoly {
+	rs.m.Lock()
+	defer rs.m.Unlock()
+
+	if degree >= len(rs.polynomes) {
+		last := rs.polynomes[len(rs.polynomes)-1]
+		for d := len(rs.polynomes); d <= degree; d++ {
+			next := last.Multiply(NewGFPoly(rs.gf, []int{1, rs.gf.ALogTbl[d-1+rs.gf.Base]}))
+			rs.polynomes = append(rs.polynomes, next)
+			last = next
+		}
+	}
+	return rs.polynomes[degree]
+}
+
+func (rs *ReedSolomonEncoder) Encode(data []int, eccCount int) []int {
+	generator := rs.getPolynomial(eccCount)
+	info := NewGFPoly(rs.gf, data)
+	info = info.MultByMonominal(eccCount, 1)
+	_, remainder := info.Divide(generator)
+
+	result := make([]int, eccCount)
+	numZero := int(eccCount) - len(remainder.Coefficients)
+	copy(result[numZero:], remainder.Coefficients)
+	return result
+}

vendor/github.com/boombuler/barcode/utils/runeint.go

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+package utils
+
+// RuneToInt converts a rune between '0' and '9' to an integer between 0 and 9
+// If the rune is outside of this range -1 is returned.
+func RuneToInt(r rune) int {
+	if r >= '0' && r <= '9' {
+		return int(r - '0')
+	}
+	return -1
+}
+
+// IntToRune converts a digit 0 - 9 to the rune '0' - '9'. If the given int is outside
+// of this range 'F' is returned!
+func IntToRune(i int) rune {
+	if i >= 0 && i <= 9 {
+		return rune(i + '0')
+	}
+	return 'F'
+}

vendor/github.com/fatih/structs/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# Compiled Object files, Static and Dynamic libs (Shared Objects)
+*.o
+*.a
+*.so
+
+# Folders
+_obj
+_test
+
+# Architecture specific extensions/prefixes
+*.[568vq]
+[568vq].out
+
+*.cgo1.go
+*.cgo2.c
+_cgo_defun.c
+_cgo_gotypes.go
+_cgo_export.*
+
+_testmain.go
+
+*.exe
+*.test

vendor/github.com/fatih/structs/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+language: go
+go: 
+ - 1.6
+ - tip
+sudo: false
+before_install:
+- go get github.com/axw/gocov/gocov
+- go get github.com/mattn/goveralls
+- if ! go get github.com/golang/tools/cmd/cover; then go get golang.org/x/tools/cmd/cover; fi
+script:
+- $HOME/gopath/bin/goveralls -service=travis-ci

vendor/github.com/fatih/structs/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+The MIT License (MIT)
+
+Copyright (c) 2014 Fatih Arslan
+
+Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
+of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
+in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
+to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
+copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
+furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
+
+The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+
+THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
+FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
+LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
+OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
+SOFTWARE.

vendor/github.com/fatih/structs/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,163 @@
+# Structs [![GoDoc](http://img.shields.io/badge/go-documentation-blue.svg?style=flat-square)](http://godoc.org/github.com/fatih/structs) [![Build Status](http://img.shields.io/travis/fatih/structs.svg?style=flat-square)](https://travis-ci.org/fatih/structs) [![Coverage Status](http://img.shields.io/coveralls/fatih/structs.svg?style=flat-square)](https://coveralls.io/r/fatih/structs)
+
+Structs contains various utilities to work with Go (Golang) structs. It was
+initially used by me to convert a struct into a `map[string]interface{}`. With
+time I've added other utilities for structs.  It's basically a high level
+package based on primitives from the reflect package. Feel free to add new
+functions or improve the existing code.
+
+## Install
+
+```bash
+go get github.com/fatih/structs
+```
+
+## Usage and Examples
+
+Just like the standard lib `strings`, `bytes` and co packages, `structs` has
+many global functions to manipulate or organize your struct data. Lets define
+and declare a struct:
+
+```go
+type Server struct {
+	Name        string `json:"name,omitempty"`
+	ID          int
+	Enabled     bool
+	users       []string // not exported
+	http.Server          // embedded
+}
+
+server := &Server{
+	Name:    "gopher",
+	ID:      123456,
+	Enabled: true,
+}
+```
+
+```go
+// Convert a struct to a map[string]interface{}
+// => {"Name":"gopher", "ID":123456, "Enabled":true}
+m := structs.Map(server)
+
+// Convert the values of a struct to a []interface{}
+// => ["gopher", 123456, true]
+v := structs.Values(server)
+
+// Convert the names of a struct to a []string
+// (see "Names methods" for more info about fields)
+n := structs.Names(server)
+
+// Convert the values of a struct to a []*Field
+// (see "Field methods" for more info about fields)
+f := structs.Fields(server)
+
+// Return the struct name => "Server"
+n := structs.Name(server)
+
+// Check if any field of a struct is initialized or not.
+h := structs.HasZero(server)
+
+// Check if all fields of a struct is initialized or not.
+z := structs.IsZero(server)
+
+// Check if server is a struct or a pointer to struct
+i := structs.IsStruct(server)
+```
+
+### Struct methods
+
+The structs functions can be also used as independent methods by creating a new
+`*structs.Struct`. This is handy if you want to have more control over the
+structs (such as retrieving a single Field).
+
+```go
+// Create a new struct type:
+s := structs.New(server)
+
+m := s.Map()              // Get a map[string]interface{}
+v := s.Values()           // Get a []interface{}
+f := s.Fields()           // Get a []*Field
+n := s.Names()            // Get a []string
+f := s.Field(name)        // Get a *Field based on the given field name
+f, ok := s.FieldOk(name)  // Get a *Field based on the given field name
+n := s.Name()             // Get the struct name
+h := s.HasZero()          // Check if any field is initialized
+z := s.IsZero()           // Check if all fields are initialized
+```
+
+### Field methods
+
+We can easily examine a single Field for more detail. Below you can see how we
+get and interact with various field methods:
+
+
+```go
+s := structs.New(server)
+
+// Get the Field struct for the "Name" field
+name := s.Field("Name")
+
+// Get the underlying value,  value => "gopher"
+value := name.Value().(string)
+
+// Set the field's value
+name.Set("another gopher")
+
+// Get the field's kind, kind =>  "string"
+name.Kind()
+
+// Check if the field is exported or not
+if name.IsExported() {
+	fmt.Println("Name field is exported")
+}
+
+// Check if the value is a zero value, such as "" for string, 0 for int
+if !name.IsZero() {
+	fmt.Println("Name is initialized")
+}
+
+// Check if the field is an anonymous (embedded) field
+if !name.IsEmbedded() {
+	fmt.Println("Name is not an embedded field")
+}
+
+// Get the Field's tag value for tag name "json", tag value => "name,omitempty"
+tagValue := name.Tag("json")
+```
+
+Nested structs are supported too:
+
+```go
+addrField := s.Field("Server").Field("Addr")
+
+// Get the value for addr
+a := addrField.Value().(string)
+
+// Or get all fields
+httpServer := s.Field("Server").Fields()
+```
+
+We can also get a slice of Fields from the Struct type to iterate over all
+fields. This is handy if you wish to examine all fields:
+
+```go
+s := structs.New(server)
+
+for _, f := range s.Fields() {
+	fmt.Printf("field name: %+v\n", f.Name())
+
+	if f.IsExported() {
+		fmt.Printf("value   : %+v\n", f.Value())
+		fmt.Printf("is zero : %+v\n", f.IsZero())
+	}
+}
+```
+
+## Credits
+
+ * [Fatih Arslan](https://github.com/fatih)
+ * [Cihangir Savas](https://github.com/cihangir)
+
+## License
+
+The MIT License (MIT) - see LICENSE.md for more details

vendor/github.com/fatih/structs/field.go

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+package structs
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"reflect"
+)
+
+var (
+	errNotExported = errors.New("field is not exported")
+	errNotSettable = errors.New("field is not settable")
+)
+
+// Field represents a single struct field that encapsulates high level
+// functions around the field.
+type Field struct {
+	value      reflect.Value
+	field      reflect.StructField
+	defaultTag string
+}
+
+// Tag returns the value associated with key in the tag string. If there is no
+// such key in the tag, Tag returns the empty string.
+func (f *Field) Tag(key string) string {
+	return f.field.Tag.Get(key)
+}
+
+// Value returns the underlying value of the field. It panics if the field
+// is not exported.
+func (f *Field) Value() interface{} {
+	return f.value.Interface()
+}
+
+// IsEmbedded returns true if the given field is an anonymous field (embedded)
+func (f *Field) IsEmbedded() bool {
+	return f.field.Anonymous
+}
+
+// IsExported returns true if the given field is exported.
+func (f *Field) IsExported() bool {
+	return f.field.PkgPath == ""
+}
+
+// IsZero returns true if the given field is not initialized (has a zero value).
+// It panics if the field is not exported.
+func (f *Field) IsZero() bool {
+	zero := reflect.Zero(f.value.Type()).Interface()
+	current := f.Value()
+
+	return reflect.DeepEqual(current, zero)
+}
+
+// Name returns the name of the given field
+func (f *Field) Name() string {
+	return f.field.Name
+}
+
+// Kind returns the fields kind, such as "string", "map", "bool", etc ..
+func (f *Field) Kind() reflect.Kind {
+	return f.value.Kind()
+}
+
+// Set sets the field to given value v. It returns an error if the field is not
+// settable (not addressable or not exported) or if the given value's type
+// doesn't match the fields type.
+func (f *Field) Set(val interface{}) error {
+	// we can't set unexported fields, so be sure this field is exported
+	if !f.IsExported() {
+		return errNotExported
+	}
+
+	// do we get here? not sure...
+	if !f.value.CanSet() {
+		return errNotSettable
+	}
+
+	given := reflect.ValueOf(val)
+
+	if f.value.Kind() != given.Kind() {
+		return fmt.Errorf("wrong kind. got: %s want: %s", given.Kind(), f.value.Kind())
+	}
+
+	f.value.Set(given)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Zero sets the field to its zero value. It returns an error if the field is not
+// settable (not addressable or not exported).
+func (f *Field) Zero() error {
+	zero := reflect.Zero(f.value.Type()).Interface()
+	return f.Set(zero)
+}
+
+// Fields returns a slice of Fields. This is particular handy to get the fields
+// of a nested struct . A struct tag with the content of "-" ignores the
+// checking of that particular field. Example:
+//
+//   // Field is ignored by this package.
+//   Field *http.Request `structs:"-"`
+//
+// It panics if field is not exported or if field's kind is not struct
+func (f *Field) Fields() []*Field {
+	return getFields(f.value, f.defaultTag)
+}
+
+// Field returns the field from a nested struct. It panics if the nested struct
+// is not exported or if the field was not found.
+func (f *Field) Field(name string) *Field {
+	field, ok := f.FieldOk(name)
+	if !ok {
+		panic("field not found")
+	}
+
+	return field
+}
+
+// FieldOk returns the field from a nested struct. The boolean returns whether
+// the field was found (true) or not (false).
+func (f *Field) FieldOk(name string) (*Field, bool) {
+	v := strctVal(f.value.Interface())
+	t := v.Type()
+
+	field, ok := t.FieldByName(name)
+	if !ok {
+		return nil, false
+	}
+
+	return &Field{
+		field: field,
+		value: v.FieldByName(name),
+	}, true
+}

vendor/github.com/fatih/structs/structs.go

@@ -0,0 +1,507 @@
+// Package structs contains various utilities functions to work with structs.
+package structs
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+
+	"reflect"
+)
+
+var (
+	// DefaultTagName is the default tag name for struct fields which provides
+	// a more granular to tweak certain structs. Lookup the necessary functions
+	// for more info.
+	DefaultTagName = "structs" // struct's field default tag name
+)
+
+// Struct encapsulates a struct type to provide several high level functions
+// around the struct.
+type Struct struct {
+	raw     interface{}
+	value   reflect.Value
+	TagName string
+}
+
+// New returns a new *Struct with the struct s. It panics if the s's kind is
+// not struct.
+func New(s interface{}) *Struct {
+	return &Struct{
+		raw:     s,
+		value:   strctVal(s),
+		TagName: DefaultTagName,
+	}
+}
+
+// Map converts the given struct to a map[string]interface{}, where the keys
+// of the map are the field names and the values of the map the associated
+// values of the fields. The default key string is the struct field name but
+// can be changed in the struct field's tag value. The "structs" key in the
+// struct's field tag value is the key name. Example:
+//
+//   // Field appears in map as key "myName".
+//   Name string `structs:"myName"`
+//
+// A tag value with the content of "-" ignores that particular field. Example:
+//
+//   // Field is ignored by this package.
+//   Field bool `structs:"-"`
+//
+// A tag value with the content of "string" uses the stringer to get the value. Example:
+//
+//   // The value will be output of Animal's String() func.
+//   // Map will panic if Animal does not implement String().
+//   Field *Animal `structs:"field,string"`
+//
+// A tag value with the option of "flatten" used in a struct field is to flatten its fields
+// in the output map. Example:
+//
+//   // The FieldStruct's fields will be flattened into the output map.
+//   FieldStruct time.Time `structs:"flatten"`
+//
+// A tag value with the option of "omitnested" stops iterating further if the type
+// is a struct. Example:
+//
+//   // Field is not processed further by this package.
+//   Field time.Time     `structs:"myName,omitnested"`
+//   Field *http.Request `structs:",omitnested"`
+//
+// A tag value with the option of "omitempty" ignores that particular field if
+// the field value is empty. Example:
+//
+//   // Field appears in map as key "myName", but the field is
+//   // skipped if empty.
+//   Field string `structs:"myName,omitempty"`
+//
+//   // Field appears in map as key "Field" (the default), but
+//   // the field is skipped if empty.
+//   Field string `structs:",omitempty"`
+//
+// Note that only exported fields of a struct can be accessed, non exported
+// fields will be neglected.
+func (s *Struct) Map() map[string]interface{} {
+	out := make(map[string]interface{})
+	s.FillMap(out)
+	return out
+}
+
+// FillMap is the same as Map. Instead of returning the output, it fills the
+// given map.
+func (s *Struct) FillMap(out map[string]interface{}) {
+	if out == nil {
+		return
+	}
+
+	fields := s.structFields()
+
+	for _, field := range fields {
+		name := field.Name
+		val := s.value.FieldByName(name)
+		isSubStruct := false
+		var finalVal interface{}
+
+		tagName, tagOpts := parseTag(field.Tag.Get(s.TagName))
+		if tagName != "" {
+			name = tagName
+		}
+
+		// if the value is a zero value and the field is marked as omitempty do
+		// not include
+		if tagOpts.Has("omitempty") {
+			zero := reflect.Zero(val.Type()).Interface()
+			current := val.Interface()
+
+			if reflect.DeepEqual(current, zero) {
+				continue
+			}
+		}
+
+		if IsStruct(val.Interface()) && !tagOpts.Has("omitnested") {
+			// look out for embedded structs, and convert them to a
+			// map[string]interface{} too
+			n := New(val.Interface())
+			n.TagName = s.TagName
+			m := n.Map()
+			isSubStruct = true
+			if len(m) == 0 {
+				finalVal = val.Interface()
+			} else {
+				finalVal = m
+			}
+		} else {
+			finalVal = val.Interface()
+		}
+
+		if tagOpts.Has("string") {
+			s, ok := val.Interface().(fmt.Stringer)
+			if ok {
+				out[name] = s.String()
+			}
+			continue
+		}
+
+		if isSubStruct && (tagOpts.Has("flatten")) {
+			for k := range finalVal.(map[string]interface{}) {
+				out[k] = finalVal.(map[string]interface{})[k]
+			}
+		} else {
+			out[name] = finalVal
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// Values converts the given s struct's field values to a []interface{}.  A
+// struct tag with the content of "-" ignores the that particular field.
+// Example:
+//
+//   // Field is ignored by this package.
+//   Field int `structs:"-"`
+//
+// A value with the option of "omitnested" stops iterating further if the type
+// is a struct. Example:
+//
+//   // Fields is not processed further by this package.
+//   Field time.Time     `structs:",omitnested"`
+//   Field *http.Request `structs:",omitnested"`
+//
+// A tag value with the option of "omitempty" ignores that particular field and
+// is not added to the values if the field value is empty. Example:
+//
+//   // Field is skipped if empty
+//   Field string `structs:",omitempty"`
+//
+// Note that only exported fields of a struct can be accessed, non exported
+// fields  will be neglected.
+func (s *Struct) Values() []interface{} {
+	fields := s.structFields()
+
+	var t []interface{}
+
+	for _, field := range fields {
+		val := s.value.FieldByName(field.Name)
+
+		_, tagOpts := parseTag(field.Tag.Get(s.TagName))
+
+		// if the value is a zero value and the field is marked as omitempty do
+		// not include
+		if tagOpts.Has("omitempty") {
+			zero := reflect.Zero(val.Type()).Interface()
+			current := val.Interface()
+
+			if reflect.DeepEqual(current, zero) {
+				continue
+			}
+		}
+
+		if tagOpts.Has("string") {
+			s, ok := val.Interface().(fmt.Stringer)
+			if ok {
+				t = append(t, s.String())
+			}
+			continue
+		}
+
+		if IsStruct(val.Interface()) && !tagOpts.Has("omitnested") {
+			// look out for embedded structs, and convert them to a
+			// []interface{} to be added to the final values slice
+			for _, embeddedVal := range Values(val.Interface()) {
+				t = append(t, embeddedVal)
+			}
+		} else {
+			t = append(t, val.Interface())
+		}
+	}
+
+	return t
+}
+
+// Fields returns a slice of Fields. A struct tag with the content of "-"
+// ignores the checking of that particular field. Example:
+//
+//   // Field is ignored by this package.
+//   Field bool `structs:"-"`
+//
+// It panics if s's kind is not struct.
+func (s *Struct) Fields() []*Field {
+	return getFields(s.value, s.TagName)
+}
+
+// Names returns a slice of field names. A struct tag with the content of "-"
+// ignores the checking of that particular field. Example:
+//
+//   // Field is ignored by this package.
+//   Field bool `structs:"-"`
+//
+// It panics if s's kind is not struct.
+func (s *Struct) Names() []string {
+	fields := getFields(s.value, s.TagName)
+
+	names := make([]string, len(fields))
+
+	for i, field := range fields {
+		names[i] = field.Name()
+	}
+
+	return names
+}
+
+func getFields(v reflect.Value, tagName string) []*Field {
+	if v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+		v = v.Elem()
+	}
+
+	t := v.Type()
+
+	var fields []*Field
+
+	for i := 0; i < t.NumField(); i++ {
+		field := t.Field(i)
+
+		if tag := field.Tag.Get(tagName); tag == "-" {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		f := &Field{
+			field: field,
+			value: v.FieldByName(field.Name),
+		}
+
+		fields = append(fields, f)
+
+	}
+
+	return fields
+}
+
+// Field returns a new Field struct that provides several high level functions
+// around a single struct field entity. It panics if the field is not found.
+func (s *Struct) Field(name string) *Field {
+	f, ok := s.FieldOk(name)
+	if !ok {
+		panic("field not found")
+	}
+
+	return f
+}
+
+// FieldOk returns a new Field struct that provides several high level functions
+// around a single struct field entity. The boolean returns true if the field
+// was found.
+func (s *Struct) FieldOk(name string) (*Field, bool) {
+	t := s.value.Type()
+
+	field, ok := t.FieldByName(name)
+	if !ok {
+		return nil, false
+	}
+
+	return &Field{
+		field:      field,
+		value:      s.value.FieldByName(name),
+		defaultTag: s.TagName,
+	}, true
+}
+
+// IsZero returns true if all fields in a struct is a zero value (not
+// initialized) A struct tag with the content of "-" ignores the checking of
+// that particular field. Example:
+//
+//   // Field is ignored by this package.
+//   Field bool `structs:"-"`
+//
+// A value with the option of "omitnested" stops iterating further if the type
+// is a struct. Example:
+//
+//   // Field is not processed further by this package.
+//   Field time.Time     `structs:"myName,omitnested"`
+//   Field *http.Request `structs:",omitnested"`
+//
+// Note that only exported fields of a struct can be accessed, non exported
+// fields  will be neglected. It panics if s's kind is not struct.
+func (s *Struct) IsZero() bool {
+	fields := s.structFields()
+
+	for _, field := range fields {
+		val := s.value.FieldByName(field.Name)
+
+		_, tagOpts := parseTag(field.Tag.Get(s.TagName))
+
+		if IsStruct(val.Interface()) && !tagOpts.Has("omitnested") {
+			ok := IsZero(val.Interface())
+			if !ok {
+				return false
+			}
+
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// zero value of the given field, such as "" for string, 0 for int
+		zero := reflect.Zero(val.Type()).Interface()
+
+		//  current value of the given field
+		current := val.Interface()
+
+		if !reflect.DeepEqual(current, zero) {
+			return false
+		}
+	}
+
+	return true
+}
+
+// HasZero returns true if a field in a struct is not initialized (zero value).
+// A struct tag with the content of "-" ignores the checking of that particular
+// field. Example:
+//
+//   // Field is ignored by this package.
+//   Field bool `structs:"-"`
+//
+// A value with the option of "omitnested" stops iterating further if the type
+// is a struct. Example:
+//
+//   // Field is not processed further by this package.
+//   Field time.Time     `structs:"myName,omitnested"`
+//   Field *http.Request `structs:",omitnested"`
+//
+// Note that only exported fields of a struct can be accessed, non exported
+// fields  will be neglected. It panics if s's kind is not struct.
+func (s *Struct) HasZero() bool {
+	fields := s.structFields()
+
+	for _, field := range fields {
+		val := s.value.FieldByName(field.Name)
+
+		_, tagOpts := parseTag(field.Tag.Get(s.TagName))
+
+		if IsStruct(val.Interface()) && !tagOpts.Has("omitnested") {
+			ok := HasZero(val.Interface())
+			if ok {
+				return true
+			}
+
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// zero value of the given field, such as "" for string, 0 for int
+		zero := reflect.Zero(val.Type()).Interface()
+
+		//  current value of the given field
+		current := val.Interface()
+
+		if reflect.DeepEqual(current, zero) {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+
+	return false
+}
+
+// Name returns the structs's type name within its package. For more info refer
+// to Name() function.
+func (s *Struct) Name() string {
+	return s.value.Type().Name()
+}
+
+// structFields returns the exported struct fields for a given s struct. This
+// is a convenient helper method to avoid duplicate code in some of the
+// functions.
+func (s *Struct) structFields() []reflect.StructField {
+	t := s.value.Type()
+
+	var f []reflect.StructField
+
+	for i := 0; i < t.NumField(); i++ {
+		field := t.Field(i)
+		// we can't access the value of unexported fields
+		if field.PkgPath != "" {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// don't check if it's omitted
+		if tag := field.Tag.Get(s.TagName); tag == "-" {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		f = append(f, field)
+	}
+
+	return f
+}
+
+func strctVal(s interface{}) reflect.Value {
+	v := reflect.ValueOf(s)
+
+	// if pointer get the underlying element≤
+	if v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+		v = v.Elem()
+	}
+
+	if v.Kind() != reflect.Struct {
+		panic("not struct")
+	}
+
+	return v
+}
+
+// Map converts the given struct to a map[string]interface{}. For more info
+// refer to Struct types Map() method. It panics if s's kind is not struct.
+func Map(s interface{}) map[string]interface{} {
+	return New(s).Map()
+}
+
+// FillMap is the same as Map. Instead of returning the output, it fills the
+// given map.
+func FillMap(s interface{}, out map[string]interface{}) {
+	New(s).FillMap(out)
+}
+
+// Values converts the given struct to a []interface{}. For more info refer to
+// Struct types Values() method.  It panics if s's kind is not struct.
+func Values(s interface{}) []interface{} {
+	return New(s).Values()
+}
+
+// Fields returns a slice of *Field. For more info refer to Struct types
+// Fields() method.  It panics if s's kind is not struct.
+func Fields(s interface{}) []*Field {
+	return New(s).Fields()
+}
+
+// Names returns a slice of field names. For more info refer to Struct types
+// Names() method.  It panics if s's kind is not struct.
+func Names(s interface{}) []string {
+	return New(s).Names()
+}
+
+// IsZero returns true if all fields is equal to a zero value. For more info
+// refer to Struct types IsZero() method.  It panics if s's kind is not struct.
+func IsZero(s interface{}) bool {
+	return New(s).IsZero()
+}
+
+// HasZero returns true if any field is equal to a zero value. For more info
+// refer to Struct types HasZero() method.  It panics if s's kind is not struct.
+func HasZero(s interface{}) bool {
+	return New(s).HasZero()
+}
+
+// IsStruct returns true if the given variable is a struct or a pointer to
+// struct.
+func IsStruct(s interface{}) bool {
+	v := reflect.ValueOf(s)
+	if v.Kind() == reflect.Ptr {
+		v = v.Elem()
+	}
+
+	// uninitialized zero value of a struct
+	if v.Kind() == reflect.Invalid {
+		return false
+	}
+
+	return v.Kind() == reflect.Struct
+}
+
+// Name returns the structs's type name within its package. It returns an
+// empty string for unnamed types. It panics if s's kind is not struct.
+func Name(s interface{}) string {
+	return New(s).Name()
+}

vendor/github.com/fatih/structs/tags.go

@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+package structs
+
+import "strings"
+
+// tagOptions contains a slice of tag options
+type tagOptions []string
+
+// Has returns true if the given optiton is available in tagOptions
+func (t tagOptions) Has(opt string) bool {
+	for _, tagOpt := range t {
+		if tagOpt == opt {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+
+	return false
+}
+
+// parseTag splits a struct field's tag into its name and a list of options
+// which comes after a name. A tag is in the form of: "name,option1,option2".
+// The name can be neglectected.
+func parseTag(tag string) (string, tagOptions) {
+	// tag is one of followings:
+	// ""
+	// "name"
+	// "name,opt"
+	// "name,opt,opt2"
+	// ",opt"
+
+	res := strings.Split(tag, ",")
+	return res[0], res[1:]
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+        1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+        Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+     file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+     time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+     this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+        from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+      and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+      would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+      using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+      either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+        part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+        or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+     effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+     such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+     License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+     or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+     2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+        Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+     logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+     notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+     (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+     under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+     are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+     rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+     copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+     terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+     of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+     they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+     restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+        or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+        the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+        rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+     Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+     with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+     Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+     You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+     such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+     their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+     either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+     copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+     of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+     Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+     required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+     of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+     warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+     alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+   order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+   to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+   they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+   distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+   extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+   sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+   understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+     if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+     reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+     Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+     ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+     non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+     compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+     and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+     all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+     shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+   warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+   without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+   merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+   risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+   Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+   Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+   correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+   License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+   except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+   party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+   Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+   consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+   a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+   and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+   reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+   prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+   hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+   provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+   enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+   contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+   this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+      the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+      under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+      version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+      references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+      modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+      If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+      Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+      notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+# errwrap
+
+`errwrap` is a package for Go that formalizes the pattern of wrapping errors
+and checking if an error contains another error.
+
+There is a common pattern in Go of taking a returned `error` value and
+then wrapping it (such as with `fmt.Errorf`) before returning it. The problem
+with this pattern is that you completely lose the original `error` structure.
+
+Arguably the _correct_ approach is that you should make a custom structure
+implementing the `error` interface, and have the original error as a field
+on that structure, such [as this example](http://golang.org/pkg/os/#PathError).
+This is a good approach, but you have to know the entire chain of possible
+rewrapping that happens, when you might just care about one.
+
+`errwrap` formalizes this pattern (it doesn't matter what approach you use
+above) by giving a single interface for wrapping errors, checking if a specific
+error is wrapped, and extracting that error.
+
+## Installation and Docs
+
+Install using `go get github.com/hashicorp/errwrap`.
+
+Full documentation is available at
+http://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap
+
+## Usage
+
+#### Basic Usage
+
+Below is a very basic example of its usage:
+
+```go
+// A function that always returns an error, but wraps it, like a real
+// function might.
+func tryOpen() error {
+	_, err := os.Open("/i/dont/exist")
+	if err != nil {
+		return errwrap.Wrapf("Doesn't exist: {{err}}", err)
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func main() {
+	err := tryOpen()
+
+	// We can use the Contains helpers to check if an error contains
+	// another error. It is safe to do this with a nil error, or with
+	// an error that doesn't even use the errwrap package.
+	if errwrap.Contains(err, ErrNotExist) {
+		// Do something
+	}
+	if errwrap.ContainsType(err, new(os.PathError)) {
+		// Do something
+	}
+
+	// Or we can use the associated `Get` functions to just extract
+	// a specific error. This would return nil if that specific error doesn't
+	// exist.
+	perr := errwrap.GetType(err, new(os.PathError))
+}
+```
+
+#### Custom Types
+
+If you're already making custom types that properly wrap errors, then
+you can get all the functionality of `errwraps.Contains` and such by
+implementing the `Wrapper` interface with just one function. Example:
+
+```go
+type AppError {
+  Code ErrorCode
+  Err  error
+}
+
+func (e *AppError) WrappedErrors() []error {
+  return []error{e.Err}
+}
+```
+
+Now this works:
+
+```go
+err := &AppError{Err: fmt.Errorf("an error")}
+if errwrap.ContainsType(err, fmt.Errorf("")) {
+	// This will work!
+}
+```

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/errwrap/errwrap.go

@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+// Package errwrap implements methods to formalize error wrapping in Go.
+//
+// All of the top-level functions that take an `error` are built to be able
+// to take any error, not just wrapped errors. This allows you to use errwrap
+// without having to type-check and type-cast everywhere.
+package errwrap
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"reflect"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// WalkFunc is the callback called for Walk.
+type WalkFunc func(error)
+
+// Wrapper is an interface that can be implemented by custom types to
+// have all the Contains, Get, etc. functions in errwrap work.
+//
+// When Walk reaches a Wrapper, it will call the callback for every
+// wrapped error in addition to the wrapper itself. Since all the top-level
+// functions in errwrap use Walk, this means that all those functions work
+// with your custom type.
+type Wrapper interface {
+	WrappedErrors() []error
+}
+
+// Wrap defines that outer wraps inner, returning an error type that
+// can be cleanly used with the other methods in this package, such as
+// Contains, GetAll, etc.
+//
+// This function won't modify the error message at all (the outer message
+// will be used).
+func Wrap(outer, inner error) error {
+	return &wrappedError{
+		Outer: outer,
+		Inner: inner,
+	}
+}
+
+// Wrapf wraps an error with a formatting message. This is similar to using
+// `fmt.Errorf` to wrap an error. If you're using `fmt.Errorf` to wrap
+// errors, you should replace it with this.
+//
+// format is the format of the error message. The string '{{err}}' will
+// be replaced with the original error message.
+func Wrapf(format string, err error) error {
+	outerMsg := "<nil>"
+	if err != nil {
+		outerMsg = err.Error()
+	}
+
+	outer := errors.New(strings.Replace(
+		format, "{{err}}", outerMsg, -1))
+
+	return Wrap(outer, err)
+}
+
+// Contains checks if the given error contains an error with the
+// message msg. If err is not a wrapped error, this will always return
+// false unless the error itself happens to match this msg.
+func Contains(err error, msg string) bool {
+	return len(GetAll(err, msg)) > 0
+}
+
+// ContainsType checks if the given error contains an error with
+// the same concrete type as v. If err is not a wrapped error, this will
+// check the err itself.
+func ContainsType(err error, v interface{}) bool {
+	return len(GetAllType(err, v)) > 0
+}
+
+// Get is the same as GetAll but returns the deepest matching error.
+func Get(err error, msg string) error {
+	es := GetAll(err, msg)
+	if len(es) > 0 {
+		return es[len(es)-1]
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// GetType is the same as GetAllType but returns the deepest matching error.
+func GetType(err error, v interface{}) error {
+	es := GetAllType(err, v)
+	if len(es) > 0 {
+		return es[len(es)-1]
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// GetAll gets all the errors that might be wrapped in err with the
+// given message. The order of the errors is such that the outermost
+// matching error (the most recent wrap) is index zero, and so on.
+func GetAll(err error, msg string) []error {
+	var result []error
+
+	Walk(err, func(err error) {
+		if err.Error() == msg {
+			result = append(result, err)
+		}
+	})
+
+	return result
+}
+
+// GetAllType gets all the errors that are the same type as v.
+//
+// The order of the return value is the same as described in GetAll.
+func GetAllType(err error, v interface{}) []error {
+	var result []error
+
+	var search string
+	if v != nil {
+		search = reflect.TypeOf(v).String()
+	}
+	Walk(err, func(err error) {
+		var needle string
+		if err != nil {
+			needle = reflect.TypeOf(err).String()
+		}
+
+		if needle == search {
+			result = append(result, err)
+		}
+	})
+
+	return result
+}
+
+// Walk walks all the wrapped errors in err and calls the callback. If
+// err isn't a wrapped error, this will be called once for err. If err
+// is a wrapped error, the callback will be called for both the wrapper
+// that implements error as well as the wrapped error itself.
+func Walk(err error, cb WalkFunc) {
+	if err == nil {
+		return
+	}
+
+	switch e := err.(type) {
+	case *wrappedError:
+		cb(e.Outer)
+		Walk(e.Inner, cb)
+	case Wrapper:
+		cb(err)
+
+		for _, err := range e.WrappedErrors() {
+			Walk(err, cb)
+		}
+	default:
+		cb(err)
+	}
+}
+
+// wrappedError is an implementation of error that has both the
+// outer and inner errors.
+type wrappedError struct {
+	Outer error
+	Inner error
+}
+
+func (w *wrappedError) Error() string {
+	return w.Outer.Error()
+}
+
+func (w *wrappedError) WrappedErrors() []error {
+	return []error{w.Outer, w.Inner}
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. "Contributor"
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. "Contributor Version"
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.
+
+1.3. "Contribution"
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. "Covered Software"
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses"
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of
+        version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of
+        a Secondary License.
+
+1.6. "Executable Form"
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. "Larger Work"
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a
+     separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. "License"
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. "Licensable"
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether
+     at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the
+     rights conveyed by this License.
+
+1.10. "Modifications"
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to,
+        deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method,
+      process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such
+      Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License,
+      by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import,
+      or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. "Secondary License"
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. "Source Code Form"
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. "You" (or "Your")
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or
+        as part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its
+        Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution
+     become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first
+     distributes such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under
+     this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the
+     distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License.
+     Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a
+     Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of
+        its Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks,
+     or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with
+     the notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this
+     License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if
+     permitted under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its
+     Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to
+     grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under
+     applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other
+     equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under
+     the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source
+     Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this
+     License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not
+     attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code
+     Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this
+        License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the
+        license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the
+        recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for
+     the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered
+     Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the
+     Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this
+     License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software
+     under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of
+     the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered
+     Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary
+     License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices
+     (including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or
+     limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the
+     Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the
+     extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on
+     behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any
+     such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by
+     You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute,
+   judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of
+   this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the
+   limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a
+   text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under
+   this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation,
+   such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary
+   skill to be able to understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing
+     basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into
+     compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are
+     reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the
+     non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have
+     received notice of non-compliance with this License from such
+     Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt
+     of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions,
+     counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version
+     directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to
+     You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section
+     2.1 of this License shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis,
+   without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory,
+   including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free
+   of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing.
+   The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software
+   is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect,
+   You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing,
+   repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential
+   part of this License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under
+   this License except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from
+   such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such
+   limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of
+   incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may
+   not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts
+   of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of
+   business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that
+   jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing
+   in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or
+   counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject
+   matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
+   unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
+   necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that
+   the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not
+   be used to construe this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version
+      of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software,
+      or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a
+      modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove
+      any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that
+      such modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary
+      Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is
+      Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of
+      the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be
+      attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file,
+then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a
+relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a
+notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is "Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses", as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+# cleanhttp
+
+Functions for accessing "clean" Go http.Client values
+
+-------------
+
+The Go standard library contains a default `http.Client` called
+`http.DefaultClient`. It is a common idiom in Go code to start with
+`http.DefaultClient` and tweak it as necessary, and in fact, this is
+encouraged; from the `http` package documentation:
+
+> The Client's Transport typically has internal state (cached TCP connections),
+so Clients should be reused instead of created as needed. Clients are safe for
+concurrent use by multiple goroutines.
+
+Unfortunately, this is a shared value, and it is not uncommon for libraries to
+assume that they are free to modify it at will. With enough dependencies, it
+can be very easy to encounter strange problems and race conditions due to
+manipulation of this shared value across libraries and goroutines (clients are
+safe for concurrent use, but writing values to the client struct itself is not
+protected).
+
+Making things worse is the fact that a bare `http.Client` will use a default
+`http.Transport` called `http.DefaultTransport`, which is another global value
+that behaves the same way. So it is not simply enough to replace
+`http.DefaultClient` with `&http.Client{}`.
+
+This repository provides some simple functions to get a "clean" `http.Client`
+-- one that uses the same default values as the Go standard library, but
+returns a client that does not share any state with other clients.

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/cleanhttp.go

@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+package cleanhttp
+
+import (
+	"net"
+	"net/http"
+	"time"
+)
+
+// DefaultTransport returns a new http.Transport with the same default values
+// as http.DefaultTransport, but with idle connections and keepalives disabled.
+func DefaultTransport() *http.Transport {
+	transport := DefaultPooledTransport()
+	transport.DisableKeepAlives = true
+	transport.MaxIdleConnsPerHost = -1
+	return transport
+}
+
+// DefaultPooledTransport returns a new http.Transport with similar default
+// values to http.DefaultTransport. Do not use this for transient transports as
+// it can leak file descriptors over time. Only use this for transports that
+// will be re-used for the same host(s).
+func DefaultPooledTransport() *http.Transport {
+	transport := &http.Transport{
+		Proxy: http.ProxyFromEnvironment,
+		Dial: (&net.Dialer{
+			Timeout:   30 * time.Second,
+			KeepAlive: 30 * time.Second,
+		}).Dial,
+		TLSHandshakeTimeout: 10 * time.Second,
+		DisableKeepAlives:   false,
+		MaxIdleConnsPerHost: 1,
+	}
+	return transport
+}
+
+// DefaultClient returns a new http.Client with similar default values to
+// http.Client, but with a non-shared Transport, idle connections disabled, and
+// keepalives disabled.
+func DefaultClient() *http.Client {
+	return &http.Client{
+		Transport: DefaultTransport(),
+	}
+}
+
+// DefaultPooledClient returns a new http.Client with the same default values
+// as http.Client, but with a shared Transport. Do not use this function
+// for transient clients as it can leak file descriptors over time. Only use
+// this for clients that will be re-used for the same host(s).
+func DefaultPooledClient() *http.Client {
+	return &http.Client{
+		Transport: DefaultPooledTransport(),
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+// Package cleanhttp offers convenience utilities for acquiring "clean"
+// http.Transport and http.Client structs.
+//
+// Values set on http.DefaultClient and http.DefaultTransport affect all
+// callers. This can have detrimental effects, esepcially in TLS contexts,
+// where client or root certificates set to talk to multiple endpoints can end
+// up displacing each other, leading to hard-to-debug issues. This package
+// provides non-shared http.Client and http.Transport structs to ensure that
+// the configuration will not be overwritten by other parts of the application
+// or dependencies.
+//
+// The DefaultClient and DefaultTransport functions disable idle connections
+// and keepalives. Without ensuring that idle connections are closed before
+// garbage collection, short-term clients/transports can leak file descriptors,
+// eventually leading to "too many open files" errors. If you will be
+// connecting to the same hosts repeatedly from the same client, you can use
+// DefaultPooledClient to receive a client that has connection pooling
+// semantics similar to http.DefaultClient.
+//
+package cleanhttp

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+        1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+        Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+     file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+     time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+     this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+        from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+      and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+      would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+      using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+      either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+        part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+        or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+     effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+     such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+     License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+     or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+     2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+        Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+     logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+     notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+     (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+     under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+     are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+     rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+     copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+     terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+     of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+     they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+     restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+        or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+        the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+        rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+     Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+     with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+     Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+     You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+     such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+     their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+     either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+     copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+     of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+     Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+     required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+     of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+     warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+     alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+   order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+   to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+   they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+   distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+   extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+   sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+   understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+     if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+     reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+     Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+     ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+     non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+     compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+     and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+     all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+     shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+   warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+   without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+   merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+   risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+   Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+   Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+   correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+   License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+   except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+   party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+   Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+   consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+   a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+   and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+   reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+   prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+   hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+   provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+   enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+   contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+   this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+      the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+      under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+      version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+      references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+      modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+      If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+      Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+      notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+# go-multierror
+
+`go-multierror` is a package for Go that provides a mechanism for
+representing a list of `error` values as a single `error`.
+
+This allows a function in Go to return an `error` that might actually
+be a list of errors. If the caller knows this, they can unwrap the
+list and access the errors. If the caller doesn't know, the error
+formats to a nice human-readable format.
+
+`go-multierror` implements the
+[errwrap](https://github.com/hashicorp/errwrap) interface so that it can
+be used with that library, as well.
+
+## Installation and Docs
+
+Install using `go get github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror`.
+
+Full documentation is available at
+http://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror
+
+## Usage
+
+go-multierror is easy to use and purposely built to be unobtrusive in
+existing Go applications/libraries that may not be aware of it.
+
+**Building a list of errors**
+
+The `Append` function is used to create a list of errors. This function
+behaves a lot like the Go built-in `append` function: it doesn't matter
+if the first argument is nil, a `multierror.Error`, or any other `error`,
+the function behaves as you would expect.
+
+```go
+var result error
+
+if err := step1(); err != nil {
+	result = multierror.Append(result, err)
+}
+if err := step2(); err != nil {
+	result = multierror.Append(result, err)
+}
+
+return result
+```
+
+**Customizing the formatting of the errors**
+
+By specifying a custom `ErrorFormat`, you can customize the format
+of the `Error() string` function:
+
+```go
+var result *multierror.Error
+
+// ... accumulate errors here, maybe using Append
+
+if result != nil {
+	result.ErrorFormat = func([]error) string {
+		return "errors!"
+	}
+}
+```
+
+**Accessing the list of errors**
+
+`multierror.Error` implements `error` so if the caller doesn't know about
+multierror, it will work just fine. But if you're aware a multierror might
+be returned, you can use type switches to access the list of errors:
+
+```go
+if err := something(); err != nil {
+	if merr, ok := err.(*multierror.Error); ok {
+		// Use merr.Errors
+	}
+}
+```
+
+**Returning a multierror only if there are errors**
+
+If you build a `multierror.Error`, you can use the `ErrorOrNil` function
+to return an `error` implementation only if there are errors to return:
+
+```go
+var result *multierror.Error
+
+// ... accumulate errors here
+
+// Return the `error` only if errors were added to the multierror, otherwise
+// return nil since there are no errors.
+return result.ErrorOrNil()
+```

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/append.go

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+package multierror
+
+// Append is a helper function that will append more errors
+// onto an Error in order to create a larger multi-error.
+//
+// If err is not a multierror.Error, then it will be turned into
+// one. If any of the errs are multierr.Error, they will be flattened
+// one level into err.
+func Append(err error, errs ...error) *Error {
+	switch err := err.(type) {
+	case *Error:
+		// Typed nils can reach here, so initialize if we are nil
+		if err == nil {
+			err = new(Error)
+		}
+
+		// Go through each error and flatten
+		for _, e := range errs {
+			switch e := e.(type) {
+			case *Error:
+				err.Errors = append(err.Errors, e.Errors...)
+			default:
+				err.Errors = append(err.Errors, e)
+			}
+		}
+
+		return err
+	default:
+		newErrs := make([]error, 0, len(errs)+1)
+		if err != nil {
+			newErrs = append(newErrs, err)
+		}
+		newErrs = append(newErrs, errs...)
+
+		return Append(&Error{}, newErrs...)
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/flatten.go

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+package multierror
+
+// Flatten flattens the given error, merging any *Errors together into
+// a single *Error.
+func Flatten(err error) error {
+	// If it isn't an *Error, just return the error as-is
+	if _, ok := err.(*Error); !ok {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// Otherwise, make the result and flatten away!
+	flatErr := new(Error)
+	flatten(err, flatErr)
+	return flatErr
+}
+
+func flatten(err error, flatErr *Error) {
+	switch err := err.(type) {
+	case *Error:
+		for _, e := range err.Errors {
+			flatten(e, flatErr)
+		}
+	default:
+		flatErr.Errors = append(flatErr.Errors, err)
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/format.go

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+package multierror
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+)
+
+// ErrorFormatFunc is a function callback that is called by Error to
+// turn the list of errors into a string.
+type ErrorFormatFunc func([]error) string
+
+// ListFormatFunc is a basic formatter that outputs the number of errors
+// that occurred along with a bullet point list of the errors.
+func ListFormatFunc(es []error) string {
+	points := make([]string, len(es))
+	for i, err := range es {
+		points[i] = fmt.Sprintf("* %s", err)
+	}
+
+	return fmt.Sprintf(
+		"%d error(s) occurred:\n\n%s",
+		len(es), strings.Join(points, "\n"))
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/multierror.go

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+package multierror
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Error is an error type to track multiple errors. This is used to
+// accumulate errors in cases and return them as a single "error".
+type Error struct {
+	Errors      []error
+	ErrorFormat ErrorFormatFunc
+}
+
+func (e *Error) Error() string {
+	fn := e.ErrorFormat
+	if fn == nil {
+		fn = ListFormatFunc
+	}
+
+	return fn(e.Errors)
+}
+
+// ErrorOrNil returns an error interface if this Error represents
+// a list of errors, or returns nil if the list of errors is empty. This
+// function is useful at the end of accumulation to make sure that the value
+// returned represents the existence of errors.
+func (e *Error) ErrorOrNil() error {
+	if e == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	if len(e.Errors) == 0 {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	return e
+}
+
+func (e *Error) GoString() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *e)
+}
+
+// WrappedErrors returns the list of errors that this Error is wrapping.
+// It is an implementatin of the errwrap.Wrapper interface so that
+// multierror.Error can be used with that library.
+//
+// This method is not safe to be called concurrently and is no different
+// than accessing the Errors field directly. It is implementd only to
+// satisfy the errwrap.Wrapper interface.
+func (e *Error) WrappedErrors() []error {
+	return e.Errors
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror/prefix.go

@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+package multierror
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/errwrap"
+)
+
+// Prefix is a helper function that will prefix some text
+// to the given error. If the error is a multierror.Error, then
+// it will be prefixed to each wrapped error.
+//
+// This is useful to use when appending multiple multierrors
+// together in order to give better scoping.
+func Prefix(err error, prefix string) error {
+	if err == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	format := fmt.Sprintf("%s {{err}}", prefix)
+	switch err := err.(type) {
+	case *Error:
+		// Typed nils can reach here, so initialize if we are nil
+		if err == nil {
+			err = new(Error)
+		}
+
+		// Wrap each of the errors
+		for i, e := range err.Errors {
+			err.Errors[i] = errwrap.Wrapf(format, e)
+		}
+
+		return err
+	default:
+		return errwrap.Wrapf(format, err)
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+sudo: false
+
+language: go
+
+go:
+  - 1.6
+
+branches:
+  only:
+    - master
+
+script: make test

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. "Contributor"
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. "Contributor Version"
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.
+
+1.3. "Contribution"
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. "Covered Software"
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses"
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of
+        version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of
+        a Secondary License.
+
+1.6. "Executable Form"
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. "Larger Work"
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a
+     separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. "License"
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. "Licensable"
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether
+     at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the
+     rights conveyed by this License.
+
+1.10. "Modifications"
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to,
+        deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method,
+      process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such
+      Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License,
+      by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import,
+      or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. "Secondary License"
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. "Source Code Form"
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. "You" (or "Your")
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or
+        as part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its
+        Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution
+     become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first
+     distributes such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under
+     this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the
+     distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License.
+     Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a
+     Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of
+        its Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks,
+     or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with
+     the notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this
+     License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if
+     permitted under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its
+     Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to
+     grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under
+     applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other
+     equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under
+     the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source
+     Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this
+     License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not
+     attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code
+     Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this
+        License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the
+        license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the
+        recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for
+     the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered
+     Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the
+     Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this
+     License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software
+     under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of
+     the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered
+     Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary
+     License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices
+     (including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or
+     limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the
+     Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the
+     extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on
+     behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any
+     such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by
+     You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute,
+   judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of
+   this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the
+   limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a
+   text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under
+   this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation,
+   such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary
+   skill to be able to understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing
+     basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into
+     compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are
+     reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the
+     non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have
+     received notice of non-compliance with this License from such
+     Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt
+     of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions,
+     counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version
+     directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to
+     You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section
+     2.1 of this License shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis,
+   without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory,
+   including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free
+   of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing.
+   The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software
+   is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect,
+   You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing,
+   repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential
+   part of this License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under
+   this License except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from
+   such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such
+   limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of
+   incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may
+   not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts
+   of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of
+   business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that
+   jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing
+   in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or
+   counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject
+   matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
+   unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
+   necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that
+   the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not
+   be used to construe this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version
+      of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software,
+      or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a
+      modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove
+      any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that
+      such modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary
+      Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is
+      Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of
+      the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be
+      attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file,
+then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a
+relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a
+notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is "Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses", as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,8 @@
+TEST?=./...
+
+test:
+	go test $(TEST) $(TESTARGS) -timeout=3s -parallel=4
+	go vet $(TEST)
+	go test $(TEST) -race
+
+.PHONY: test

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+# rootcerts
+
+Functions for loading root certificates for TLS connections.
+
+-----
+
+Go's standard library `crypto/tls` provides a common mechanism for configuring
+TLS connections in `tls.Config`. The `RootCAs` field on this struct is a pool
+of certificates for the client to use as a trust store when verifying server
+certificates.
+
+This library contains utility functions for loading certificates destined for
+that field, as well as one other important thing:
+
+When the `RootCAs` field is `nil`, the standard library attempts to load the
+host's root CA set.  This behavior is OS-specific, and the Darwin
+implementation contains [a bug that prevents trusted certificates from the
+System and Login keychains from being loaded][1]. This library contains
+Darwin-specific behavior that works around that bug.
+
+[1]: https://github.com/golang/go/issues/14514
+
+## Example Usage
+
+Here's a snippet demonstrating how this library is meant to be used:
+
+```go
+func httpClient() (*http.Client, error)
+	tlsConfig := &tls.Config{}
+	err := rootcerts.ConfigureTLS(tlsConfig, &rootcerts.Config{
+		CAFile: os.Getenv("MYAPP_CAFILE"),
+		CAPath: os.Getenv("MYAPP_CAPATH"),
+	})
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	c := cleanhttp.DefaultClient()
+	t := cleanhttp.DefaultTransport()
+	t.TLSClientConfig = tlsConfig
+	c.Transport = t
+	return c, nil
+}
+```

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts/doc.go

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+// Package rootcerts contains functions to aid in loading CA certificates for
+// TLS connections.
+//
+// In addition, its default behavior on Darwin works around an open issue [1]
+// in Go's crypto/x509 that prevents certicates from being loaded from the
+// System or Login keychains.
+//
+// [1] https://github.com/golang/go/issues/14514
+package rootcerts

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts/rootcerts.go

@@ -0,0 +1,103 @@
+package rootcerts
+
+import (
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"crypto/x509"
+	"fmt"
+	"io/ioutil"
+	"os"
+	"path/filepath"
+)
+
+// Config determines where LoadCACerts will load certificates from. When both
+// CAFile and CAPath are blank, this library's functions will either load
+// system roots explicitly and return them, or set the CertPool to nil to allow
+// Go's standard library to load system certs.
+type Config struct {
+	// CAFile is a path to a PEM-encoded certificate file or bundle. Takes
+	// precedence over CAPath.
+	CAFile string
+
+	// CAPath is a path to a directory populated with PEM-encoded certificates.
+	CAPath string
+}
+
+// ConfigureTLS sets up the RootCAs on the provided tls.Config based on the
+// Config specified.
+func ConfigureTLS(t *tls.Config, c *Config) error {
+	if t == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	pool, err := LoadCACerts(c)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	t.RootCAs = pool
+	return nil
+}
+
+// LoadCACerts loads a CertPool based on the Config specified.
+func LoadCACerts(c *Config) (*x509.CertPool, error) {
+	if c == nil {
+		c = &Config{}
+	}
+	if c.CAFile != "" {
+		return LoadCAFile(c.CAFile)
+	}
+	if c.CAPath != "" {
+		return LoadCAPath(c.CAPath)
+	}
+
+	return LoadSystemCAs()
+}
+
+// LoadCAFile loads a single PEM-encoded file from the path specified.
+func LoadCAFile(caFile string) (*x509.CertPool, error) {
+	pool := x509.NewCertPool()
+
+	pem, err := ioutil.ReadFile(caFile)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error loading CA File: %s", err)
+	}
+
+	ok := pool.AppendCertsFromPEM(pem)
+	if !ok {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("Error loading CA File: Couldn't parse PEM in: %s", caFile)
+	}
+
+	return pool, nil
+}
+
+// LoadCAPath walks the provided path and loads all certificates encounted into
+// a pool.
+func LoadCAPath(caPath string) (*x509.CertPool, error) {
+	pool := x509.NewCertPool()
+	walkFn := func(path string, info os.FileInfo, err error) error {
+		if err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		if info.IsDir() {
+			return nil
+		}
+
+		pem, err := ioutil.ReadFile(path)
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("Error loading file from CAPath: %s", err)
+		}
+
+		ok := pool.AppendCertsFromPEM(pem)
+		if !ok {
+			return fmt.Errorf("Error loading CA Path: Couldn't parse PEM in: %s", path)
+		}
+
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	err := filepath.Walk(caPath, walkFn)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return pool, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts/rootcerts_base.go

@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+// +build !darwin
+
+package rootcerts
+
+import "crypto/x509"
+
+// LoadSystemCAs does nothing on non-Darwin systems. We return nil so that
+// default behavior of standard TLS config libraries is triggered, which is to
+// load system certs.
+func LoadSystemCAs() (*x509.CertPool, error) {
+	return nil, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts/rootcerts_darwin.go

@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+package rootcerts
+
+import (
+	"crypto/x509"
+	"os/exec"
+	"path"
+
+	"github.com/mitchellh/go-homedir"
+)
+
+// LoadSystemCAs has special behavior on Darwin systems to work around
+func LoadSystemCAs() (*x509.CertPool, error) {
+	pool := x509.NewCertPool()
+
+	for _, keychain := range certKeychains() {
+		err := addCertsFromKeychain(pool, keychain)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	}
+
+	return pool, nil
+}
+
+func addCertsFromKeychain(pool *x509.CertPool, keychain string) error {
+	cmd := exec.Command("/usr/bin/security", "find-certificate", "-a", "-p", keychain)
+	data, err := cmd.Output()
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	pool.AppendCertsFromPEM(data)
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func certKeychains() []string {
+	keychains := []string{
+		"/System/Library/Keychains/SystemRootCertificates.keychain",
+		"/Library/Keychains/System.keychain",
+	}
+	home, err := homedir.Dir()
+	if err == nil {
+		loginKeychain := path.Join(home, "Library", "Keychains", "login.keychain")
+		keychains = append(keychains, loginKeychain)
+	}
+	return keychains
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+y.output
+
+# ignore intellij files
+.idea
+*.iml
+*.ipr
+*.iws
+
+*.test

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/.travis.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+sudo: false
+language: go
+go: 1.7

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. “Contributor”
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. “Contributor Version”
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor’s Contribution.
+
+1.3. “Contribution”
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. “Covered Software”
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses”
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of version
+        1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of a
+        Secondary License.
+
+1.6. “Executable Form”
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. “Larger Work”
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a separate
+     file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. “License”
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. “Licensable”
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether at the
+     time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the rights conveyed by
+     this License.
+
+1.10. “Modifications”
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to, deletion
+        from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. “Patent Claims” of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method, process,
+      and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such Contributor that
+      would be infringed, but for the grant of the License, by the making,
+      using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import, or transfer of
+      either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. “Secondary License”
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. “Source Code Form”
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. “You” (or “Your”)
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, “You” includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, “control” means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or as
+        part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its Contributions
+        or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution become
+     effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first distributes
+     such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under this
+     License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the distribution
+     or licensing of Covered Software under this License. Notwithstanding Section
+     2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party’s
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of its
+        Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks, or
+     logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with the
+     notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this License
+     (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if permitted
+     under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its Contributions
+     are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to grant the
+     rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under applicable
+     copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under the
+     terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source Code Form
+     of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this License, and how
+     they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not attempt to alter or
+     restrict the recipients’ rights in the Source Code Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this License,
+        or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the license for
+        the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the recipients’
+        rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for the
+     Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered Software
+     with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the Covered
+     Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this License permits
+     You to additionally distribute such Covered Software under the terms of
+     such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of the Larger Work may, at
+     their option, further distribute the Covered Software under the terms of
+     either this License or such Secondary License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices (including
+     copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or limitations
+     of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the Covered
+     Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the extent
+     required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on behalf
+     of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any such
+     warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by You
+     alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute, judicial
+   order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of this License
+   to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the limitations and the code
+   they affect. Such description must be placed in a text file included with all
+   distributions of the Covered Software under this License. Except to the
+   extent prohibited by statute or regulation, such description must be
+   sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary skill to be able to
+   understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing basis,
+     if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by some
+     reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into compliance.
+     Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are reinstated on an
+     ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means, this is the first time You have received notice of
+     non-compliance with this License from such Contributor, and You become
+     compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions, counter-claims,
+     and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version directly or
+     indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to You by any and
+     all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section 2.1 of this License
+     shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an “as is” basis, without
+   warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory, including,
+   without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free of defects,
+   merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing. The entire
+   risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software is with You.
+   Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect, You (not any
+   Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing, repair, or
+   correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential part of this
+   License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under this License
+   except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from such
+   party’s negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such limitation.
+   Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or
+   consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts of
+   a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of business
+   and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that jurisdiction, without
+   reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing in this Section shall
+   prevent a party’s ability to bring cross-claims or counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject matter
+   hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be unenforceable, such
+   provision shall be reformed only to the extent necessary to make it
+   enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that the language of a
+   contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be used to construe
+   this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version of
+      the License under which You originally received the Covered Software, or
+      under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a modified
+      version of this License if you rename the license and remove any
+      references to the name of the license steward (except to note that such
+      modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary Licenses
+      If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is Incompatible With
+      Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of the License, the
+      notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file, then
+You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a relevant
+directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - “Incompatible With Secondary Licenses” Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is “Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses”, as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+TEST?=./...
+
+default: test
+
+fmt: generate
+	go fmt ./...
+
+test: generate
+	go get -t ./...
+	go test $(TEST) $(TESTARGS)
+
+generate:
+	go generate ./...
+
+updatedeps:
+	go get -u golang.org/x/tools/cmd/stringer
+
+.PHONY: default generate test updatedeps

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+# HCL
+
+[![GoDoc](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/hcl?status.png)](https://godoc.org/github.com/hashicorp/hcl) [![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/hashicorp/hcl.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/hashicorp/hcl)
+
+HCL (HashiCorp Configuration Language) is a configuration language built
+by HashiCorp. The goal of HCL is to build a structured configuration language
+that is both human and machine friendly for use with command-line tools, but
+specifically targeted towards DevOps tools, servers, etc.
+
+HCL is also fully JSON compatible. That is, JSON can be used as completely
+valid input to a system expecting HCL. This helps makes systems
+interoperable with other systems.
+
+HCL is heavily inspired by
+[libucl](https://github.com/vstakhov/libucl),
+nginx configuration, and others similar.
+
+## Why?
+
+A common question when viewing HCL is to ask the question: why not
+JSON, YAML, etc.?
+
+Prior to HCL, the tools we built at [HashiCorp](http://www.hashicorp.com)
+used a variety of configuration languages from full programming languages
+such as Ruby to complete data structure languages such as JSON. What we
+learned is that some people wanted human-friendly configuration languages
+and some people wanted machine-friendly languages.
+
+JSON fits a nice balance in this, but is fairly verbose and most
+importantly doesn't support comments. With YAML, we found that beginners
+had a really hard time determining what the actual structure was, and
+ended up guessing more often than not whether to use a hyphen, colon, etc.
+in order to represent some configuration key.
+
+Full programming languages such as Ruby enable complex behavior
+a configuration language shouldn't usually allow, and also forces
+people to learn some set of Ruby.
+
+Because of this, we decided to create our own configuration language
+that is JSON-compatible. Our configuration language (HCL) is designed
+to be written and modified by humans. The API for HCL allows JSON
+as an input so that it is also machine-friendly (machines can generate
+JSON instead of trying to generate HCL).
+
+Our goal with HCL is not to alienate other configuration languages.
+It is instead to provide HCL as a specialized language for our tools,
+and JSON as the interoperability layer.
+
+## Syntax
+
+For a complete grammar, please see the parser itself. A high-level overview
+of the syntax and grammar is listed here.
+
+  * Single line comments start with `#` or `//`
+
+  * Multi-line comments are wrapped in `/*` and `*/`. Nested block comments
+    are not allowed. A multi-line comment (also known as a block comment)
+    terminates at the first `*/` found.
+
+  * Values are assigned with the syntax `key = value` (whitespace doesn't
+    matter). The value can be any primitive: a string, number, boolean,
+    object, or list.
+
+  * Strings are double-quoted and can contain any UTF-8 characters.
+    Example: `"Hello, World"`
+
+  * Multi-line strings start with `<<EOF` at the end of a line, and end
+    with `EOF` on its own line ([here documents](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Here_document)).
+    Any text may be used in place of `EOF`. Example:
+```
+<<FOO
+hello
+world
+FOO
+```
+
+  * Numbers are assumed to be base 10. If you prefix a number with 0x,
+    it is treated as a hexadecimal. If it is prefixed with 0, it is
+    treated as an octal. Numbers can be in scientific notation: "1e10".
+
+  * Boolean values: `true`, `false`
+
+  * Arrays can be made by wrapping it in `[]`. Example:
+    `["foo", "bar", 42]`. Arrays can contain primitives,
+    other arrays, and objects. As an alternative, lists
+    of objects can be created with repeated blocks, using
+    this structure:
+
+    ```hcl
+    service {
+        key = "value"
+    }
+
+    service {
+        key = "value"
+    }
+    ```
+
+Objects and nested objects are created using the structure shown below:
+
+```
+variable "ami" {
+    description = "the AMI to use"
+}
+```
+This would be equivalent to the following json:
+``` json
+{
+  "variable": {
+      "ami": {
+          "description": "the AMI to use"
+        }
+    }
+}
+```
+
+## Thanks
+
+Thanks to:
+
+  * [@vstakhov](https://github.com/vstakhov) - The original libucl parser
+    and syntax that HCL was based off of.
+
+  * [@fatih](https://github.com/fatih) - The rewritten HCL parser
+    in pure Go (no goyacc) and support for a printer.

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/appveyor.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+version: "build-{branch}-{build}"
+image: Visual Studio 2015
+clone_folder: c:\gopath\src\github.com\hashicorp\hcl
+environment:
+  GOPATH: c:\gopath
+init:
+  - git config --global core.autocrlf true
+install:
+- cmd: >-
+    echo %Path%
+
+    go version
+
+    go env
+
+    go get -t ./...
+
+build_script:
+- cmd: go test -v ./...

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/decoder.go

@@ -0,0 +1,716 @@
+package hcl
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"reflect"
+	"sort"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast"
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/parser"
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token"
+)
+
+// This is the tag to use with structures to have settings for HCL
+const tagName = "hcl"
+
+var (
+	// nodeType holds a reference to the type of ast.Node
+	nodeType reflect.Type = findNodeType()
+)
+
+// Unmarshal accepts a byte slice as input and writes the
+// data to the value pointed to by v.
+func Unmarshal(bs []byte, v interface{}) error {
+	root, err := parse(bs)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	return DecodeObject(v, root)
+}
+
+// Decode reads the given input and decodes it into the structure
+// given by `out`.
+func Decode(out interface{}, in string) error {
+	obj, err := Parse(in)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	return DecodeObject(out, obj)
+}
+
+// DecodeObject is a lower-level version of Decode. It decodes a
+// raw Object into the given output.
+func DecodeObject(out interface{}, n ast.Node) error {
+	val := reflect.ValueOf(out)
+	if val.Kind() != reflect.Ptr {
+		return errors.New("result must be a pointer")
+	}
+
+	// If we have the file, we really decode the root node
+	if f, ok := n.(*ast.File); ok {
+		n = f.Node
+	}
+
+	var d decoder
+	return d.decode("root", n, val.Elem())
+}
+
+type decoder struct {
+	stack []reflect.Kind
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decode(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+	k := result
+
+	// If we have an interface with a valid value, we use that
+	// for the check.
+	if result.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+		elem := result.Elem()
+		if elem.IsValid() {
+			k = elem
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Push current onto stack unless it is an interface.
+	if k.Kind() != reflect.Interface {
+		d.stack = append(d.stack, k.Kind())
+
+		// Schedule a pop
+		defer func() {
+			d.stack = d.stack[:len(d.stack)-1]
+		}()
+	}
+
+	switch k.Kind() {
+	case reflect.Bool:
+		return d.decodeBool(name, node, result)
+	case reflect.Float64:
+		return d.decodeFloat(name, node, result)
+	case reflect.Int:
+		return d.decodeInt(name, node, result)
+	case reflect.Interface:
+		// When we see an interface, we make our own thing
+		return d.decodeInterface(name, node, result)
+	case reflect.Map:
+		return d.decodeMap(name, node, result)
+	case reflect.Ptr:
+		return d.decodePtr(name, node, result)
+	case reflect.Slice:
+		return d.decodeSlice(name, node, result)
+	case reflect.String:
+		return d.decodeString(name, node, result)
+	case reflect.Struct:
+		return d.decodeStruct(name, node, result)
+	default:
+		return &parser.PosError{
+			Pos: node.Pos(),
+			Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown kind to decode into: %s", name, k.Kind()),
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeBool(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+	switch n := node.(type) {
+	case *ast.LiteralType:
+		if n.Token.Type == token.BOOL {
+			v, err := strconv.ParseBool(n.Token.Text)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+
+			result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(v))
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+
+	return &parser.PosError{
+		Pos: node.Pos(),
+		Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown type %T", name, node),
+	}
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeFloat(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+	switch n := node.(type) {
+	case *ast.LiteralType:
+		if n.Token.Type == token.FLOAT {
+			v, err := strconv.ParseFloat(n.Token.Text, 64)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+
+			result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(v))
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+
+	return &parser.PosError{
+		Pos: node.Pos(),
+		Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown type %T", name, node),
+	}
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeInt(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+	switch n := node.(type) {
+	case *ast.LiteralType:
+		switch n.Token.Type {
+		case token.NUMBER:
+			v, err := strconv.ParseInt(n.Token.Text, 0, 0)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+
+			result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(int(v)))
+			return nil
+		case token.STRING:
+			v, err := strconv.ParseInt(n.Token.Value().(string), 0, 0)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+
+			result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(int(v)))
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+
+	return &parser.PosError{
+		Pos: node.Pos(),
+		Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown type %T", name, node),
+	}
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeInterface(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+	// When we see an ast.Node, we retain the value to enable deferred decoding.
+	// Very useful in situations where we want to preserve ast.Node information
+	// like Pos
+	if result.Type() == nodeType && result.CanSet() {
+		result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(node))
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	var set reflect.Value
+	redecode := true
+
+	// For testing types, ObjectType should just be treated as a list. We
+	// set this to a temporary var because we want to pass in the real node.
+	testNode := node
+	if ot, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+		testNode = ot.List
+	}
+
+	switch n := testNode.(type) {
+	case *ast.ObjectList:
+		// If we're at the root or we're directly within a slice, then we
+		// decode objects into map[string]interface{}, otherwise we decode
+		// them into lists.
+		if len(d.stack) == 0 || d.stack[len(d.stack)-1] == reflect.Slice {
+			var temp map[string]interface{}
+			tempVal := reflect.ValueOf(temp)
+			result := reflect.MakeMap(
+				reflect.MapOf(
+					reflect.TypeOf(""),
+					tempVal.Type().Elem()))
+
+			set = result
+		} else {
+			var temp []map[string]interface{}
+			tempVal := reflect.ValueOf(temp)
+			result := reflect.MakeSlice(
+				reflect.SliceOf(tempVal.Type().Elem()), 0, len(n.Items))
+			set = result
+		}
+	case *ast.ObjectType:
+		// If we're at the root or we're directly within a slice, then we
+		// decode objects into map[string]interface{}, otherwise we decode
+		// them into lists.
+		if len(d.stack) == 0 || d.stack[len(d.stack)-1] == reflect.Slice {
+			var temp map[string]interface{}
+			tempVal := reflect.ValueOf(temp)
+			result := reflect.MakeMap(
+				reflect.MapOf(
+					reflect.TypeOf(""),
+					tempVal.Type().Elem()))
+
+			set = result
+		} else {
+			var temp []map[string]interface{}
+			tempVal := reflect.ValueOf(temp)
+			result := reflect.MakeSlice(
+				reflect.SliceOf(tempVal.Type().Elem()), 0, 1)
+			set = result
+		}
+	case *ast.ListType:
+		var temp []interface{}
+		tempVal := reflect.ValueOf(temp)
+		result := reflect.MakeSlice(
+			reflect.SliceOf(tempVal.Type().Elem()), 0, 0)
+		set = result
+	case *ast.LiteralType:
+		switch n.Token.Type {
+		case token.BOOL:
+			var result bool
+			set = reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(reflect.TypeOf(result)))
+		case token.FLOAT:
+			var result float64
+			set = reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(reflect.TypeOf(result)))
+		case token.NUMBER:
+			var result int
+			set = reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(reflect.TypeOf(result)))
+		case token.STRING, token.HEREDOC:
+			set = reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(reflect.TypeOf("")))
+		default:
+			return &parser.PosError{
+				Pos: node.Pos(),
+				Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: cannot decode into interface: %T", name, node),
+			}
+		}
+	default:
+		return fmt.Errorf(
+			"%s: cannot decode into interface: %T",
+			name, node)
+	}
+
+	// Set the result to what its supposed to be, then reset
+	// result so we don't reflect into this method anymore.
+	result.Set(set)
+
+	if redecode {
+		// Revisit the node so that we can use the newly instantiated
+		// thing and populate it.
+		if err := d.decode(name, node, result); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeMap(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+	if item, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectItem); ok {
+		node = &ast.ObjectList{Items: []*ast.ObjectItem{item}}
+	}
+
+	if ot, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+		node = ot.List
+	}
+
+	n, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectList)
+	if !ok {
+		return &parser.PosError{
+			Pos: node.Pos(),
+			Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: not an object type for map (%T)", name, node),
+		}
+	}
+
+	// If we have an interface, then we can address the interface,
+	// but not the slice itself, so get the element but set the interface
+	set := result
+	if result.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+		result = result.Elem()
+	}
+
+	resultType := result.Type()
+	resultElemType := resultType.Elem()
+	resultKeyType := resultType.Key()
+	if resultKeyType.Kind() != reflect.String {
+		return &parser.PosError{
+			Pos: node.Pos(),
+			Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: map must have string keys", name),
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Make a map if it is nil
+	resultMap := result
+	if result.IsNil() {
+		resultMap = reflect.MakeMap(
+			reflect.MapOf(resultKeyType, resultElemType))
+	}
+
+	// Go through each element and decode it.
+	done := make(map[string]struct{})
+	for _, item := range n.Items {
+		if item.Val == nil {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// github.com/hashicorp/terraform/issue/5740
+		if len(item.Keys) == 0 {
+			return &parser.PosError{
+				Pos: node.Pos(),
+				Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: map must have string keys", name),
+			}
+		}
+
+		// Get the key we're dealing with, which is the first item
+		keyStr := item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string)
+
+		// If we've already processed this key, then ignore it
+		if _, ok := done[keyStr]; ok {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Determine the value. If we have more than one key, then we
+		// get the objectlist of only these keys.
+		itemVal := item.Val
+		if len(item.Keys) > 1 {
+			itemVal = n.Filter(keyStr)
+			done[keyStr] = struct{}{}
+		}
+
+		// Make the field name
+		fieldName := fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", name, keyStr)
+
+		// Get the key/value as reflection values
+		key := reflect.ValueOf(keyStr)
+		val := reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(resultElemType))
+
+		// If we have a pre-existing value in the map, use that
+		oldVal := resultMap.MapIndex(key)
+		if oldVal.IsValid() {
+			val.Set(oldVal)
+		}
+
+		// Decode!
+		if err := d.decode(fieldName, itemVal, val); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		// Set the value on the map
+		resultMap.SetMapIndex(key, val)
+	}
+
+	// Set the final map if we can
+	set.Set(resultMap)
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodePtr(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+	// Create an element of the concrete (non pointer) type and decode
+	// into that. Then set the value of the pointer to this type.
+	resultType := result.Type()
+	resultElemType := resultType.Elem()
+	val := reflect.New(resultElemType)
+	if err := d.decode(name, node, reflect.Indirect(val)); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	result.Set(val)
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeSlice(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+	// If we have an interface, then we can address the interface,
+	// but not the slice itself, so get the element but set the interface
+	set := result
+	if result.Kind() == reflect.Interface {
+		result = result.Elem()
+	}
+	// Create the slice if it isn't nil
+	resultType := result.Type()
+	resultElemType := resultType.Elem()
+	if result.IsNil() {
+		resultSliceType := reflect.SliceOf(resultElemType)
+		result = reflect.MakeSlice(
+			resultSliceType, 0, 0)
+	}
+
+	// Figure out the items we'll be copying into the slice
+	var items []ast.Node
+	switch n := node.(type) {
+	case *ast.ObjectList:
+		items = make([]ast.Node, len(n.Items))
+		for i, item := range n.Items {
+			items[i] = item
+		}
+	case *ast.ObjectType:
+		items = []ast.Node{n}
+	case *ast.ListType:
+		items = n.List
+	default:
+		return &parser.PosError{
+			Pos: node.Pos(),
+			Err: fmt.Errorf("unknown slice type: %T", node),
+		}
+	}
+
+	for i, item := range items {
+		fieldName := fmt.Sprintf("%s[%d]", name, i)
+
+		// Decode
+		val := reflect.Indirect(reflect.New(resultElemType))
+
+		// if item is an object that was decoded from ambiguous JSON and
+		// flattened, make sure it's expanded if it needs to decode into a
+		// defined structure.
+		item := expandObject(item, val)
+
+		if err := d.decode(fieldName, item, val); err != nil {
+			return err
+		}
+
+		// Append it onto the slice
+		result = reflect.Append(result, val)
+	}
+
+	set.Set(result)
+	return nil
+}
+
+// expandObject detects if an ambiguous JSON object was flattened to a List which
+// should be decoded into a struct, and expands the ast to properly deocode.
+func expandObject(node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) ast.Node {
+	item, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectItem)
+	if !ok {
+		return node
+	}
+
+	elemType := result.Type()
+
+	// our target type must be a struct
+	switch elemType.Kind() {
+	case reflect.Ptr:
+		switch elemType.Elem().Kind() {
+		case reflect.Struct:
+			//OK
+		default:
+			return node
+		}
+	case reflect.Struct:
+		//OK
+	default:
+		return node
+	}
+
+	// A list value will have a key and field name. If it had more fields,
+	// it wouldn't have been flattened.
+	if len(item.Keys) != 2 {
+		return node
+	}
+
+	keyToken := item.Keys[0].Token
+	item.Keys = item.Keys[1:]
+
+	// we need to un-flatten the ast enough to decode
+	newNode := &ast.ObjectItem{
+		Keys: []*ast.ObjectKey{
+			&ast.ObjectKey{
+				Token: keyToken,
+			},
+		},
+		Val: &ast.ObjectType{
+			List: &ast.ObjectList{
+				Items: []*ast.ObjectItem{item},
+			},
+		},
+	}
+
+	return newNode
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeString(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+	switch n := node.(type) {
+	case *ast.LiteralType:
+		switch n.Token.Type {
+		case token.NUMBER:
+			result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(n.Token.Text).Convert(result.Type()))
+			return nil
+		case token.STRING, token.HEREDOC:
+			result.Set(reflect.ValueOf(n.Token.Value()).Convert(result.Type()))
+			return nil
+		}
+	}
+
+	return &parser.PosError{
+		Pos: node.Pos(),
+		Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: unknown type for string %T", name, node),
+	}
+}
+
+func (d *decoder) decodeStruct(name string, node ast.Node, result reflect.Value) error {
+	var item *ast.ObjectItem
+	if it, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectItem); ok {
+		item = it
+		node = it.Val
+	}
+
+	if ot, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+		node = ot.List
+	}
+
+	// Handle the special case where the object itself is a literal. Previously
+	// the yacc parser would always ensure top-level elements were arrays. The new
+	// parser does not make the same guarantees, thus we need to convert any
+	// top-level literal elements into a list.
+	if _, ok := node.(*ast.LiteralType); ok && item != nil {
+		node = &ast.ObjectList{Items: []*ast.ObjectItem{item}}
+	}
+
+	list, ok := node.(*ast.ObjectList)
+	if !ok {
+		return &parser.PosError{
+			Pos: node.Pos(),
+			Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: not an object type for struct (%T)", name, node),
+		}
+	}
+
+	// This slice will keep track of all the structs we'll be decoding.
+	// There can be more than one struct if there are embedded structs
+	// that are squashed.
+	structs := make([]reflect.Value, 1, 5)
+	structs[0] = result
+
+	// Compile the list of all the fields that we're going to be decoding
+	// from all the structs.
+	fields := make(map[*reflect.StructField]reflect.Value)
+	for len(structs) > 0 {
+		structVal := structs[0]
+		structs = structs[1:]
+
+		structType := structVal.Type()
+		for i := 0; i < structType.NumField(); i++ {
+			fieldType := structType.Field(i)
+			tagParts := strings.Split(fieldType.Tag.Get(tagName), ",")
+
+			// Ignore fields with tag name "-"
+			if tagParts[0] == "-" {
+				continue
+			}
+
+			if fieldType.Anonymous {
+				fieldKind := fieldType.Type.Kind()
+				if fieldKind != reflect.Struct {
+					return &parser.PosError{
+						Pos: node.Pos(),
+						Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: unsupported type to struct: %s",
+							fieldType.Name, fieldKind),
+					}
+				}
+
+				// We have an embedded field. We "squash" the fields down
+				// if specified in the tag.
+				squash := false
+				for _, tag := range tagParts[1:] {
+					if tag == "squash" {
+						squash = true
+						break
+					}
+				}
+
+				if squash {
+					structs = append(
+						structs, result.FieldByName(fieldType.Name))
+					continue
+				}
+			}
+
+			// Normal struct field, store it away
+			fields[&fieldType] = structVal.Field(i)
+		}
+	}
+
+	usedKeys := make(map[string]struct{})
+	decodedFields := make([]string, 0, len(fields))
+	decodedFieldsVal := make([]reflect.Value, 0)
+	unusedKeysVal := make([]reflect.Value, 0)
+	for fieldType, field := range fields {
+		if !field.IsValid() {
+			// This should never happen
+			panic("field is not valid")
+		}
+
+		// If we can't set the field, then it is unexported or something,
+		// and we just continue onwards.
+		if !field.CanSet() {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		fieldName := fieldType.Name
+
+		tagValue := fieldType.Tag.Get(tagName)
+		tagParts := strings.SplitN(tagValue, ",", 2)
+		if len(tagParts) >= 2 {
+			switch tagParts[1] {
+			case "decodedFields":
+				decodedFieldsVal = append(decodedFieldsVal, field)
+				continue
+			case "key":
+				if item == nil {
+					return &parser.PosError{
+						Pos: node.Pos(),
+						Err: fmt.Errorf("%s: %s asked for 'key', impossible",
+							name, fieldName),
+					}
+				}
+
+				field.SetString(item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string))
+				continue
+			case "unusedKeys":
+				unusedKeysVal = append(unusedKeysVal, field)
+				continue
+			}
+		}
+
+		if tagParts[0] != "" {
+			fieldName = tagParts[0]
+		}
+
+		// Determine the element we'll use to decode. If it is a single
+		// match (only object with the field), then we decode it exactly.
+		// If it is a prefix match, then we decode the matches.
+		filter := list.Filter(fieldName)
+
+		prefixMatches := filter.Children()
+		matches := filter.Elem()
+		if len(matches.Items) == 0 && len(prefixMatches.Items) == 0 {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Track the used key
+		usedKeys[fieldName] = struct{}{}
+
+		// Create the field name and decode. We range over the elements
+		// because we actually want the value.
+		fieldName = fmt.Sprintf("%s.%s", name, fieldName)
+		if len(prefixMatches.Items) > 0 {
+			if err := d.decode(fieldName, prefixMatches, field); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+		for _, match := range matches.Items {
+			var decodeNode ast.Node = match.Val
+			if ot, ok := decodeNode.(*ast.ObjectType); ok {
+				decodeNode = &ast.ObjectList{Items: ot.List.Items}
+			}
+
+			if err := d.decode(fieldName, decodeNode, field); err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+		}
+
+		decodedFields = append(decodedFields, fieldType.Name)
+	}
+
+	if len(decodedFieldsVal) > 0 {
+		// Sort it so that it is deterministic
+		sort.Strings(decodedFields)
+
+		for _, v := range decodedFieldsVal {
+			v.Set(reflect.ValueOf(decodedFields))
+		}
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// findNodeType returns the type of ast.Node
+func findNodeType() reflect.Type {
+	var nodeContainer struct {
+		Node ast.Node
+	}
+	value := reflect.ValueOf(nodeContainer).FieldByName("Node")
+	return value.Type()
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl.go

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+// Package hcl decodes HCL into usable Go structures.
+//
+// hcl input can come in either pure HCL format or JSON format.
+// It can be parsed into an AST, and then decoded into a structure,
+// or it can be decoded directly from a string into a structure.
+//
+// If you choose to parse HCL into a raw AST, the benefit is that you
+// can write custom visitor implementations to implement custom
+// semantic checks. By default, HCL does not perform any semantic
+// checks.
+package hcl

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast/ast.go

@@ -0,0 +1,218 @@
+// Package ast declares the types used to represent syntax trees for HCL
+// (HashiCorp Configuration Language)
+package ast
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token"
+)
+
+// Node is an element in the abstract syntax tree.
+type Node interface {
+	node()
+	Pos() token.Pos
+}
+
+func (File) node()         {}
+func (ObjectList) node()   {}
+func (ObjectKey) node()    {}
+func (ObjectItem) node()   {}
+func (Comment) node()      {}
+func (CommentGroup) node() {}
+func (ObjectType) node()   {}
+func (LiteralType) node()  {}
+func (ListType) node()     {}
+
+// File represents a single HCL file
+type File struct {
+	Node     Node            // usually a *ObjectList
+	Comments []*CommentGroup // list of all comments in the source
+}
+
+func (f *File) Pos() token.Pos {
+	return f.Node.Pos()
+}
+
+// ObjectList represents a list of ObjectItems. An HCL file itself is an
+// ObjectList.
+type ObjectList struct {
+	Items []*ObjectItem
+}
+
+func (o *ObjectList) Add(item *ObjectItem) {
+	o.Items = append(o.Items, item)
+}
+
+// Filter filters out the objects with the given key list as a prefix.
+//
+// The returned list of objects contain ObjectItems where the keys have
+// this prefix already stripped off. This might result in objects with
+// zero-length key lists if they have no children.
+//
+// If no matches are found, an empty ObjectList (non-nil) is returned.
+func (o *ObjectList) Filter(keys ...string) *ObjectList {
+	var result ObjectList
+	for _, item := range o.Items {
+		// If there aren't enough keys, then ignore this
+		if len(item.Keys) < len(keys) {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		match := true
+		for i, key := range item.Keys[:len(keys)] {
+			key := key.Token.Value().(string)
+			if key != keys[i] && !strings.EqualFold(key, keys[i]) {
+				match = false
+				break
+			}
+		}
+		if !match {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		// Strip off the prefix from the children
+		newItem := *item
+		newItem.Keys = newItem.Keys[len(keys):]
+		result.Add(&newItem)
+	}
+
+	return &result
+}
+
+// Children returns further nested objects (key length > 0) within this
+// ObjectList. This should be used with Filter to get at child items.
+func (o *ObjectList) Children() *ObjectList {
+	var result ObjectList
+	for _, item := range o.Items {
+		if len(item.Keys) > 0 {
+			result.Add(item)
+		}
+	}
+
+	return &result
+}
+
+// Elem returns items in the list that are direct element assignments
+// (key length == 0). This should be used with Filter to get at elements.
+func (o *ObjectList) Elem() *ObjectList {
+	var result ObjectList
+	for _, item := range o.Items {
+		if len(item.Keys) == 0 {
+			result.Add(item)
+		}
+	}
+
+	return &result
+}
+
+func (o *ObjectList) Pos() token.Pos {
+	// always returns the uninitiliazed position
+	return o.Items[0].Pos()
+}
+
+// ObjectItem represents a HCL Object Item. An item is represented with a key
+// (or keys). It can be an assignment or an object (both normal and nested)
+type ObjectItem struct {
+	// keys is only one length long if it's of type assignment. If it's a
+	// nested object it can be larger than one. In that case "assign" is
+	// invalid as there is no assignments for a nested object.
+	Keys []*ObjectKey
+
+	// assign contains the position of "=", if any
+	Assign token.Pos
+
+	// val is the item itself. It can be an object,list, number, bool or a
+	// string. If key length is larger than one, val can be only of type
+	// Object.
+	Val Node
+
+	LeadComment *CommentGroup // associated lead comment
+	LineComment *CommentGroup // associated line comment
+}
+
+func (o *ObjectItem) Pos() token.Pos {
+	// I'm not entirely sure what causes this, but removing this causes
+	// a test failure. We should investigate at some point.
+	if len(o.Keys) == 0 {
+		return token.Pos{}
+	}
+
+	return o.Keys[0].Pos()
+}
+
+// ObjectKeys are either an identifier or of type string.
+type ObjectKey struct {
+	Token token.Token
+}
+
+func (o *ObjectKey) Pos() token.Pos {
+	return o.Token.Pos
+}
+
+// LiteralType represents a literal of basic type. Valid types are:
+// token.NUMBER, token.FLOAT, token.BOOL and token.STRING
+type LiteralType struct {
+	Token token.Token
+
+	// associated line comment, only when used in a list
+	LineComment *CommentGroup
+}
+
+func (l *LiteralType) Pos() token.Pos {
+	return l.Token.Pos
+}
+
+// ListStatement represents a HCL List type
+type ListType struct {
+	Lbrack token.Pos // position of "["
+	Rbrack token.Pos // position of "]"
+	List   []Node    // the elements in lexical order
+}
+
+func (l *ListType) Pos() token.Pos {
+	return l.Lbrack
+}
+
+func (l *ListType) Add(node Node) {
+	l.List = append(l.List, node)
+}
+
+// ObjectType represents a HCL Object Type
+type ObjectType struct {
+	Lbrace token.Pos   // position of "{"
+	Rbrace token.Pos   // position of "}"
+	List   *ObjectList // the nodes in lexical order
+}
+
+func (o *ObjectType) Pos() token.Pos {
+	return o.Lbrace
+}
+
+// Comment node represents a single //, # style or /*- style commment
+type Comment struct {
+	Start token.Pos // position of / or #
+	Text  string
+}
+
+func (c *Comment) Pos() token.Pos {
+	return c.Start
+}
+
+// CommentGroup node represents a sequence of comments with no other tokens and
+// no empty lines between.
+type CommentGroup struct {
+	List []*Comment // len(List) > 0
+}
+
+func (c *CommentGroup) Pos() token.Pos {
+	return c.List[0].Pos()
+}
+
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------
+// GoStringer
+//-------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+func (o *ObjectKey) GoString() string  { return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *o) }
+func (o *ObjectList) GoString() string { return fmt.Sprintf("*%#v", *o) }

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast/walk.go

@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+package ast
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// WalkFunc describes a function to be called for each node during a Walk. The
+// returned node can be used to rewrite the AST. Walking stops the returned
+// bool is false.
+type WalkFunc func(Node) (Node, bool)
+
+// Walk traverses an AST in depth-first order: It starts by calling fn(node);
+// node must not be nil. If fn returns true, Walk invokes fn recursively for
+// each of the non-nil children of node, followed by a call of fn(nil). The
+// returned node of fn can be used to rewrite the passed node to fn.
+func Walk(node Node, fn WalkFunc) Node {
+	rewritten, ok := fn(node)
+	if !ok {
+		return rewritten
+	}
+
+	switch n := node.(type) {
+	case *File:
+		n.Node = Walk(n.Node, fn)
+	case *ObjectList:
+		for i, item := range n.Items {
+			n.Items[i] = Walk(item, fn).(*ObjectItem)
+		}
+	case *ObjectKey:
+		// nothing to do
+	case *ObjectItem:
+		for i, k := range n.Keys {
+			n.Keys[i] = Walk(k, fn).(*ObjectKey)
+		}
+
+		if n.Val != nil {
+			n.Val = Walk(n.Val, fn)
+		}
+	case *LiteralType:
+		// nothing to do
+	case *ListType:
+		for i, l := range n.List {
+			n.List[i] = Walk(l, fn)
+		}
+	case *ObjectType:
+		n.List = Walk(n.List, fn).(*ObjectList)
+	default:
+		// should we panic here?
+		fmt.Printf("unknown type: %T\n", n)
+	}
+
+	fn(nil)
+	return rewritten
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/parser/error.go

@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+package parser
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token"
+)
+
+// PosError is a parse error that contains a position.
+type PosError struct {
+	Pos token.Pos
+	Err error
+}
+
+func (e *PosError) Error() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("At %s: %s", e.Pos, e.Err)
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/parser/parser.go

@@ -0,0 +1,489 @@
+// Package parser implements a parser for HCL (HashiCorp Configuration
+// Language)
+package parser
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"strings"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast"
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/scanner"
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token"
+)
+
+type Parser struct {
+	sc *scanner.Scanner
+
+	// Last read token
+	tok       token.Token
+	commaPrev token.Token
+
+	comments    []*ast.CommentGroup
+	leadComment *ast.CommentGroup // last lead comment
+	lineComment *ast.CommentGroup // last line comment
+
+	enableTrace bool
+	indent      int
+	n           int // buffer size (max = 1)
+}
+
+func newParser(src []byte) *Parser {
+	return &Parser{
+		sc: scanner.New(src),
+	}
+}
+
+// Parse returns the fully parsed source and returns the abstract syntax tree.
+func Parse(src []byte) (*ast.File, error) {
+	p := newParser(src)
+	return p.Parse()
+}
+
+var errEofToken = errors.New("EOF token found")
+
+// Parse returns the fully parsed source and returns the abstract syntax tree.
+func (p *Parser) Parse() (*ast.File, error) {
+	f := &ast.File{}
+	var err, scerr error
+	p.sc.Error = func(pos token.Pos, msg string) {
+		scerr = &PosError{Pos: pos, Err: errors.New(msg)}
+	}
+
+	f.Node, err = p.objectList()
+	if scerr != nil {
+		return nil, scerr
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	f.Comments = p.comments
+	return f, nil
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) objectList() (*ast.ObjectList, error) {
+	defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectList"))
+	node := &ast.ObjectList{}
+
+	for {
+		n, err := p.objectItem()
+		if err == errEofToken {
+			break // we are finished
+		}
+
+		// we don't return a nil node, because might want to use already
+		// collected items.
+		if err != nil {
+			return node, err
+		}
+
+		node.Add(n)
+
+		// object lists can be optionally comma-delimited e.g. when a list of maps
+		// is being expressed, so a comma is allowed here - it's simply consumed
+		tok := p.scan()
+		if tok.Type != token.COMMA {
+			p.unscan()
+		}
+	}
+	return node, nil
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) consumeComment() (comment *ast.Comment, endline int) {
+	endline = p.tok.Pos.Line
+
+	// count the endline if it's multiline comment, ie starting with /*
+	if len(p.tok.Text) > 1 && p.tok.Text[1] == '*' {
+		// don't use range here - no need to decode Unicode code points
+		for i := 0; i < len(p.tok.Text); i++ {
+			if p.tok.Text[i] == '\n' {
+				endline++
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	comment = &ast.Comment{Start: p.tok.Pos, Text: p.tok.Text}
+	p.tok = p.sc.Scan()
+	return
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) consumeCommentGroup(n int) (comments *ast.CommentGroup, endline int) {
+	var list []*ast.Comment
+	endline = p.tok.Pos.Line
+
+	for p.tok.Type == token.COMMENT && p.tok.Pos.Line <= endline+n {
+		var comment *ast.Comment
+		comment, endline = p.consumeComment()
+		list = append(list, comment)
+	}
+
+	// add comment group to the comments list
+	comments = &ast.CommentGroup{List: list}
+	p.comments = append(p.comments, comments)
+
+	return
+}
+
+// objectItem parses a single object item
+func (p *Parser) objectItem() (*ast.ObjectItem, error) {
+	defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectItem"))
+
+	keys, err := p.objectKey()
+	if len(keys) > 0 && err == errEofToken {
+		// We ignore eof token here since it is an error if we didn't
+		// receive a value (but we did receive a key) for the item.
+		err = nil
+	}
+	if len(keys) > 0 && err != nil && p.tok.Type == token.RBRACE {
+		// This is a strange boolean statement, but what it means is:
+		// We have keys with no value, and we're likely in an object
+		// (since RBrace ends an object). For this, we set err to nil so
+		// we continue and get the error below of having the wrong value
+		// type.
+		err = nil
+
+		// Reset the token type so we don't think it completed fine. See
+		// objectType which uses p.tok.Type to check if we're done with
+		// the object.
+		p.tok.Type = token.EOF
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	o := &ast.ObjectItem{
+		Keys: keys,
+	}
+
+	if p.leadComment != nil {
+		o.LeadComment = p.leadComment
+		p.leadComment = nil
+	}
+
+	switch p.tok.Type {
+	case token.ASSIGN:
+		o.Assign = p.tok.Pos
+		o.Val, err = p.object()
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	case token.LBRACE:
+		o.Val, err = p.objectType()
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	default:
+		keyStr := make([]string, 0, len(keys))
+		for _, k := range keys {
+			keyStr = append(keyStr, k.Token.Text)
+		}
+
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf(
+			"key '%s' expected start of object ('{') or assignment ('=')",
+			strings.Join(keyStr, " "))
+	}
+
+	// do a look-ahead for line comment
+	p.scan()
+	if len(keys) > 0 && o.Val.Pos().Line == keys[0].Pos().Line && p.lineComment != nil {
+		o.LineComment = p.lineComment
+		p.lineComment = nil
+	}
+	p.unscan()
+	return o, nil
+}
+
+// objectKey parses an object key and returns a ObjectKey AST
+func (p *Parser) objectKey() ([]*ast.ObjectKey, error) {
+	keyCount := 0
+	keys := make([]*ast.ObjectKey, 0)
+
+	for {
+		tok := p.scan()
+		switch tok.Type {
+		case token.EOF:
+			// It is very important to also return the keys here as well as
+			// the error. This is because we need to be able to tell if we
+			// did parse keys prior to finding the EOF, or if we just found
+			// a bare EOF.
+			return keys, errEofToken
+		case token.ASSIGN:
+			// assignment or object only, but not nested objects. this is not
+			// allowed: `foo bar = {}`
+			if keyCount > 1 {
+				return nil, &PosError{
+					Pos: p.tok.Pos,
+					Err: fmt.Errorf("nested object expected: LBRACE got: %s", p.tok.Type),
+				}
+			}
+
+			if keyCount == 0 {
+				return nil, &PosError{
+					Pos: p.tok.Pos,
+					Err: errors.New("no object keys found!"),
+				}
+			}
+
+			return keys, nil
+		case token.LBRACE:
+			var err error
+
+			// If we have no keys, then it is a syntax error. i.e. {{}} is not
+			// allowed.
+			if len(keys) == 0 {
+				err = &PosError{
+					Pos: p.tok.Pos,
+					Err: fmt.Errorf("expected: IDENT | STRING got: %s", p.tok.Type),
+				}
+			}
+
+			// object
+			return keys, err
+		case token.IDENT, token.STRING:
+			keyCount++
+			keys = append(keys, &ast.ObjectKey{Token: p.tok})
+		case token.ILLEGAL:
+			fmt.Println("illegal")
+		default:
+			return keys, &PosError{
+				Pos: p.tok.Pos,
+				Err: fmt.Errorf("expected: IDENT | STRING | ASSIGN | LBRACE got: %s", p.tok.Type),
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// object parses any type of object, such as number, bool, string, object or
+// list.
+func (p *Parser) object() (ast.Node, error) {
+	defer un(trace(p, "ParseType"))
+	tok := p.scan()
+
+	switch tok.Type {
+	case token.NUMBER, token.FLOAT, token.BOOL, token.STRING, token.HEREDOC:
+		return p.literalType()
+	case token.LBRACE:
+		return p.objectType()
+	case token.LBRACK:
+		return p.listType()
+	case token.COMMENT:
+		// implement comment
+	case token.EOF:
+		return nil, errEofToken
+	}
+
+	return nil, &PosError{
+		Pos: tok.Pos,
+		Err: fmt.Errorf("Unknown token: %+v", tok),
+	}
+}
+
+// objectType parses an object type and returns a ObjectType AST
+func (p *Parser) objectType() (*ast.ObjectType, error) {
+	defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectType"))
+
+	// we assume that the currently scanned token is a LBRACE
+	o := &ast.ObjectType{
+		Lbrace: p.tok.Pos,
+	}
+
+	l, err := p.objectList()
+
+	// if we hit RBRACE, we are good to go (means we parsed all Items), if it's
+	// not a RBRACE, it's an syntax error and we just return it.
+	if err != nil && p.tok.Type != token.RBRACE {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	// If there is no error, we should be at a RBRACE to end the object
+	if p.tok.Type != token.RBRACE {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("object expected closing RBRACE got: %s", p.tok.Type)
+	}
+
+	o.List = l
+	o.Rbrace = p.tok.Pos // advanced via parseObjectList
+	return o, nil
+}
+
+// listType parses a list type and returns a ListType AST
+func (p *Parser) listType() (*ast.ListType, error) {
+	defer un(trace(p, "ParseListType"))
+
+	// we assume that the currently scanned token is a LBRACK
+	l := &ast.ListType{
+		Lbrack: p.tok.Pos,
+	}
+
+	needComma := false
+	for {
+		tok := p.scan()
+		if needComma {
+			switch tok.Type {
+			case token.COMMA, token.RBRACK:
+			default:
+				return nil, &PosError{
+					Pos: tok.Pos,
+					Err: fmt.Errorf(
+						"error parsing list, expected comma or list end, got: %s",
+						tok.Type),
+				}
+			}
+		}
+		switch tok.Type {
+		case token.NUMBER, token.FLOAT, token.STRING, token.HEREDOC:
+			node, err := p.literalType()
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, err
+			}
+
+			l.Add(node)
+			needComma = true
+		case token.COMMA:
+			// get next list item or we are at the end
+			// do a look-ahead for line comment
+			p.scan()
+			if p.lineComment != nil && len(l.List) > 0 {
+				lit, ok := l.List[len(l.List)-1].(*ast.LiteralType)
+				if ok {
+					lit.LineComment = p.lineComment
+					l.List[len(l.List)-1] = lit
+					p.lineComment = nil
+				}
+			}
+			p.unscan()
+
+			needComma = false
+			continue
+		case token.LBRACE:
+			// Looks like a nested object, so parse it out
+			node, err := p.objectType()
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, &PosError{
+					Pos: tok.Pos,
+					Err: fmt.Errorf(
+						"error while trying to parse object within list: %s", err),
+				}
+			}
+			l.Add(node)
+			needComma = true
+		case token.BOOL:
+			// TODO(arslan) should we support? not supported by HCL yet
+		case token.LBRACK:
+			// TODO(arslan) should we support nested lists? Even though it's
+			// written in README of HCL, it's not a part of the grammar
+			// (not defined in parse.y)
+		case token.RBRACK:
+			// finished
+			l.Rbrack = p.tok.Pos
+			return l, nil
+		default:
+			return nil, &PosError{
+				Pos: tok.Pos,
+				Err: fmt.Errorf("unexpected token while parsing list: %s", tok.Type),
+			}
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// literalType parses a literal type and returns a LiteralType AST
+func (p *Parser) literalType() (*ast.LiteralType, error) {
+	defer un(trace(p, "ParseLiteral"))
+
+	return &ast.LiteralType{
+		Token: p.tok,
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// scan returns the next token from the underlying scanner. If a token has
+// been unscanned then read that instead. In the process, it collects any
+// comment groups encountered, and remembers the last lead and line comments.
+func (p *Parser) scan() token.Token {
+	// If we have a token on the buffer, then return it.
+	if p.n != 0 {
+		p.n = 0
+		return p.tok
+	}
+
+	// Otherwise read the next token from the scanner and Save it to the buffer
+	// in case we unscan later.
+	prev := p.tok
+	p.tok = p.sc.Scan()
+
+	if p.tok.Type == token.COMMENT {
+		var comment *ast.CommentGroup
+		var endline int
+
+		// fmt.Printf("p.tok.Pos.Line = %+v prev: %d endline %d \n",
+		// p.tok.Pos.Line, prev.Pos.Line, endline)
+		if p.tok.Pos.Line == prev.Pos.Line {
+			// The comment is on same line as the previous token; it
+			// cannot be a lead comment but may be a line comment.
+			comment, endline = p.consumeCommentGroup(0)
+			if p.tok.Pos.Line != endline {
+				// The next token is on a different line, thus
+				// the last comment group is a line comment.
+				p.lineComment = comment
+			}
+		}
+
+		// consume successor comments, if any
+		endline = -1
+		for p.tok.Type == token.COMMENT {
+			comment, endline = p.consumeCommentGroup(1)
+		}
+
+		if endline+1 == p.tok.Pos.Line && p.tok.Type != token.RBRACE {
+			switch p.tok.Type {
+			case token.RBRACE, token.RBRACK:
+				// Do not count for these cases
+			default:
+				// The next token is following on the line immediately after the
+				// comment group, thus the last comment group is a lead comment.
+				p.leadComment = comment
+			}
+		}
+
+	}
+
+	return p.tok
+}
+
+// unscan pushes the previously read token back onto the buffer.
+func (p *Parser) unscan() {
+	p.n = 1
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Parsing support
+
+func (p *Parser) printTrace(a ...interface{}) {
+	if !p.enableTrace {
+		return
+	}
+
+	const dots = ". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "
+	const n = len(dots)
+	fmt.Printf("%5d:%3d: ", p.tok.Pos.Line, p.tok.Pos.Column)
+
+	i := 2 * p.indent
+	for i > n {
+		fmt.Print(dots)
+		i -= n
+	}
+	// i <= n
+	fmt.Print(dots[0:i])
+	fmt.Println(a...)
+}
+
+func trace(p *Parser, msg string) *Parser {
+	p.printTrace(msg, "(")
+	p.indent++
+	return p
+}
+
+// Usage pattern: defer un(trace(p, "..."))
+func un(p *Parser) {
+	p.indent--
+	p.printTrace(")")
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/scanner/scanner.go

@@ -0,0 +1,645 @@
+// Package scanner implements a scanner for HCL (HashiCorp Configuration
+// Language) source text.
+package scanner
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"regexp"
+	"unicode"
+	"unicode/utf8"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token"
+)
+
+// eof represents a marker rune for the end of the reader.
+const eof = rune(0)
+
+// Scanner defines a lexical scanner
+type Scanner struct {
+	buf *bytes.Buffer // Source buffer for advancing and scanning
+	src []byte        // Source buffer for immutable access
+
+	// Source Position
+	srcPos  token.Pos // current position
+	prevPos token.Pos // previous position, used for peek() method
+
+	lastCharLen int // length of last character in bytes
+	lastLineLen int // length of last line in characters (for correct column reporting)
+
+	tokStart int // token text start position
+	tokEnd   int // token text end  position
+
+	// Error is called for each error encountered. If no Error
+	// function is set, the error is reported to os.Stderr.
+	Error func(pos token.Pos, msg string)
+
+	// ErrorCount is incremented by one for each error encountered.
+	ErrorCount int
+
+	// tokPos is the start position of most recently scanned token; set by
+	// Scan. The Filename field is always left untouched by the Scanner.  If
+	// an error is reported (via Error) and Position is invalid, the scanner is
+	// not inside a token.
+	tokPos token.Pos
+}
+
+// New creates and initializes a new instance of Scanner using src as
+// its source content.
+func New(src []byte) *Scanner {
+	// even though we accept a src, we read from a io.Reader compatible type
+	// (*bytes.Buffer). So in the future we might easily change it to streaming
+	// read.
+	b := bytes.NewBuffer(src)
+	s := &Scanner{
+		buf: b,
+		src: src,
+	}
+
+	// srcPosition always starts with 1
+	s.srcPos.Line = 1
+	return s
+}
+
+// next reads the next rune from the bufferred reader. Returns the rune(0) if
+// an error occurs (or io.EOF is returned).
+func (s *Scanner) next() rune {
+	ch, size, err := s.buf.ReadRune()
+	if err != nil {
+		// advance for error reporting
+		s.srcPos.Column++
+		s.srcPos.Offset += size
+		s.lastCharLen = size
+		return eof
+	}
+
+	if ch == utf8.RuneError && size == 1 {
+		s.srcPos.Column++
+		s.srcPos.Offset += size
+		s.lastCharLen = size
+		s.err("illegal UTF-8 encoding")
+		return ch
+	}
+
+	// remember last position
+	s.prevPos = s.srcPos
+
+	s.srcPos.Column++
+	s.lastCharLen = size
+	s.srcPos.Offset += size
+
+	if ch == '\n' {
+		s.srcPos.Line++
+		s.lastLineLen = s.srcPos.Column
+		s.srcPos.Column = 0
+	}
+
+	// debug
+	// fmt.Printf("ch: %q, offset:column: %d:%d\n", ch, s.srcPos.Offset, s.srcPos.Column)
+	return ch
+}
+
+// unread unreads the previous read Rune and updates the source position
+func (s *Scanner) unread() {
+	if err := s.buf.UnreadRune(); err != nil {
+		panic(err) // this is user fault, we should catch it
+	}
+	s.srcPos = s.prevPos // put back last position
+}
+
+// peek returns the next rune without advancing the reader.
+func (s *Scanner) peek() rune {
+	peek, _, err := s.buf.ReadRune()
+	if err != nil {
+		return eof
+	}
+
+	s.buf.UnreadRune()
+	return peek
+}
+
+// Scan scans the next token and returns the token.
+func (s *Scanner) Scan() token.Token {
+	ch := s.next()
+
+	// skip white space
+	for isWhitespace(ch) {
+		ch = s.next()
+	}
+
+	var tok token.Type
+
+	// token text markings
+	s.tokStart = s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+
+	// token position, initial next() is moving the offset by one(size of rune
+	// actually), though we are interested with the starting point
+	s.tokPos.Offset = s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+	if s.srcPos.Column > 0 {
+		// common case: last character was not a '\n'
+		s.tokPos.Line = s.srcPos.Line
+		s.tokPos.Column = s.srcPos.Column
+	} else {
+		// last character was a '\n'
+		// (we cannot be at the beginning of the source
+		// since we have called next() at least once)
+		s.tokPos.Line = s.srcPos.Line - 1
+		s.tokPos.Column = s.lastLineLen
+	}
+
+	switch {
+	case isLetter(ch):
+		tok = token.IDENT
+		lit := s.scanIdentifier()
+		if lit == "true" || lit == "false" {
+			tok = token.BOOL
+		}
+	case isDecimal(ch):
+		tok = s.scanNumber(ch)
+	default:
+		switch ch {
+		case eof:
+			tok = token.EOF
+		case '"':
+			tok = token.STRING
+			s.scanString()
+		case '#', '/':
+			tok = token.COMMENT
+			s.scanComment(ch)
+		case '.':
+			tok = token.PERIOD
+			ch = s.peek()
+			if isDecimal(ch) {
+				tok = token.FLOAT
+				ch = s.scanMantissa(ch)
+				ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+			}
+		case '<':
+			tok = token.HEREDOC
+			s.scanHeredoc()
+		case '[':
+			tok = token.LBRACK
+		case ']':
+			tok = token.RBRACK
+		case '{':
+			tok = token.LBRACE
+		case '}':
+			tok = token.RBRACE
+		case ',':
+			tok = token.COMMA
+		case '=':
+			tok = token.ASSIGN
+		case '+':
+			tok = token.ADD
+		case '-':
+			if isDecimal(s.peek()) {
+				ch := s.next()
+				tok = s.scanNumber(ch)
+			} else {
+				tok = token.SUB
+			}
+		default:
+			s.err("illegal char")
+		}
+	}
+
+	// finish token ending
+	s.tokEnd = s.srcPos.Offset
+
+	// create token literal
+	var tokenText string
+	if s.tokStart >= 0 {
+		tokenText = string(s.src[s.tokStart:s.tokEnd])
+	}
+	s.tokStart = s.tokEnd // ensure idempotency of tokenText() call
+
+	return token.Token{
+		Type: tok,
+		Pos:  s.tokPos,
+		Text: tokenText,
+	}
+}
+
+func (s *Scanner) scanComment(ch rune) {
+	// single line comments
+	if ch == '#' || (ch == '/' && s.peek() != '*') {
+		if ch == '/' && s.peek() != '/' {
+			s.err("expected '/' for comment")
+			return
+		}
+
+		ch = s.next()
+		for ch != '\n' && ch >= 0 && ch != eof {
+			ch = s.next()
+		}
+		if ch != eof && ch >= 0 {
+			s.unread()
+		}
+		return
+	}
+
+	// be sure we get the character after /* This allows us to find comment's
+	// that are not erminated
+	if ch == '/' {
+		s.next()
+		ch = s.next() // read character after "/*"
+	}
+
+	// look for /* - style comments
+	for {
+		if ch < 0 || ch == eof {
+			s.err("comment not terminated")
+			break
+		}
+
+		ch0 := ch
+		ch = s.next()
+		if ch0 == '*' && ch == '/' {
+			break
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// scanNumber scans a HCL number definition starting with the given rune
+func (s *Scanner) scanNumber(ch rune) token.Type {
+	if ch == '0' {
+		// check for hexadecimal, octal or float
+		ch = s.next()
+		if ch == 'x' || ch == 'X' {
+			// hexadecimal
+			ch = s.next()
+			found := false
+			for isHexadecimal(ch) {
+				ch = s.next()
+				found = true
+			}
+
+			if !found {
+				s.err("illegal hexadecimal number")
+			}
+
+			if ch != eof {
+				s.unread()
+			}
+
+			return token.NUMBER
+		}
+
+		// now it's either something like: 0421(octal) or 0.1231(float)
+		illegalOctal := false
+		for isDecimal(ch) {
+			ch = s.next()
+			if ch == '8' || ch == '9' {
+				// this is just a possibility. For example 0159 is illegal, but
+				// 0159.23 is valid. So we mark a possible illegal octal. If
+				// the next character is not a period, we'll print the error.
+				illegalOctal = true
+			}
+		}
+
+		if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+			ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+			return token.FLOAT
+		}
+
+		if ch == '.' {
+			ch = s.scanFraction(ch)
+
+			if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+				ch = s.next()
+				ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+			}
+			return token.FLOAT
+		}
+
+		if illegalOctal {
+			s.err("illegal octal number")
+		}
+
+		if ch != eof {
+			s.unread()
+		}
+		return token.NUMBER
+	}
+
+	s.scanMantissa(ch)
+	ch = s.next() // seek forward
+	if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+		ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+		return token.FLOAT
+	}
+
+	if ch == '.' {
+		ch = s.scanFraction(ch)
+		if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+			ch = s.next()
+			ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+		}
+		return token.FLOAT
+	}
+
+	if ch != eof {
+		s.unread()
+	}
+	return token.NUMBER
+}
+
+// scanMantissa scans the mantissa begining from the rune. It returns the next
+// non decimal rune. It's used to determine wheter it's a fraction or exponent.
+func (s *Scanner) scanMantissa(ch rune) rune {
+	scanned := false
+	for isDecimal(ch) {
+		ch = s.next()
+		scanned = true
+	}
+
+	if scanned && ch != eof {
+		s.unread()
+	}
+	return ch
+}
+
+// scanFraction scans the fraction after the '.' rune
+func (s *Scanner) scanFraction(ch rune) rune {
+	if ch == '.' {
+		ch = s.peek() // we peek just to see if we can move forward
+		ch = s.scanMantissa(ch)
+	}
+	return ch
+}
+
+// scanExponent scans the remaining parts of an exponent after the 'e' or 'E'
+// rune.
+func (s *Scanner) scanExponent(ch rune) rune {
+	if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+		ch = s.next()
+		if ch == '-' || ch == '+' {
+			ch = s.next()
+		}
+		ch = s.scanMantissa(ch)
+	}
+	return ch
+}
+
+// scanHeredoc scans a heredoc string
+func (s *Scanner) scanHeredoc() {
+	// Scan the second '<' in example: '<<EOF'
+	if s.next() != '<' {
+		s.err("heredoc expected second '<', didn't see it")
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Get the original offset so we can read just the heredoc ident
+	offs := s.srcPos.Offset
+
+	// Scan the identifier
+	ch := s.next()
+
+	// Indented heredoc syntax
+	if ch == '-' {
+		ch = s.next()
+	}
+
+	for isLetter(ch) || isDigit(ch) {
+		ch = s.next()
+	}
+
+	// If we reached an EOF then that is not good
+	if ch == eof {
+		s.err("heredoc not terminated")
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Ignore the '\r' in Windows line endings
+	if ch == '\r' {
+		if s.peek() == '\n' {
+			ch = s.next()
+		}
+	}
+
+	// If we didn't reach a newline then that is also not good
+	if ch != '\n' {
+		s.err("invalid characters in heredoc anchor")
+		return
+	}
+
+	// Read the identifier
+	identBytes := s.src[offs : s.srcPos.Offset-s.lastCharLen]
+	if len(identBytes) == 0 {
+		s.err("zero-length heredoc anchor")
+		return
+	}
+
+	var identRegexp *regexp.Regexp
+	if identBytes[0] == '-' {
+		identRegexp = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf(`[[:space:]]*%s\z`, identBytes[1:]))
+	} else {
+		identRegexp = regexp.MustCompile(fmt.Sprintf(`[[:space:]]*%s\z`, identBytes))
+	}
+
+	// Read the actual string value
+	lineStart := s.srcPos.Offset
+	for {
+		ch := s.next()
+
+		// Special newline handling.
+		if ch == '\n' {
+			// Math is fast, so we first compare the byte counts to see if we have a chance
+			// of seeing the same identifier - if the length is less than the number of bytes
+			// in the identifier, this cannot be a valid terminator.
+			lineBytesLen := s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen - lineStart
+			if lineBytesLen >= len(identBytes) && identRegexp.Match(s.src[lineStart:s.srcPos.Offset-s.lastCharLen]) {
+				break
+			}
+
+			// Not an anchor match, record the start of a new line
+			lineStart = s.srcPos.Offset
+		}
+
+		if ch == eof {
+			s.err("heredoc not terminated")
+			return
+		}
+	}
+
+	return
+}
+
+// scanString scans a quoted string
+func (s *Scanner) scanString() {
+	braces := 0
+	for {
+		// '"' opening already consumed
+		// read character after quote
+		ch := s.next()
+
+		if ch < 0 || ch == eof {
+			s.err("literal not terminated")
+			return
+		}
+
+		if ch == '"' && braces == 0 {
+			break
+		}
+
+		// If we're going into a ${} then we can ignore quotes for awhile
+		if braces == 0 && ch == '$' && s.peek() == '{' {
+			braces++
+			s.next()
+		} else if braces > 0 && ch == '{' {
+			braces++
+		}
+		if braces > 0 && ch == '}' {
+			braces--
+		}
+
+		if ch == '\\' {
+			s.scanEscape()
+		}
+	}
+
+	return
+}
+
+// scanEscape scans an escape sequence
+func (s *Scanner) scanEscape() rune {
+	// http://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/language/escape
+	ch := s.next() // read character after '/'
+	switch ch {
+	case 'a', 'b', 'f', 'n', 'r', 't', 'v', '\\', '"':
+		// nothing to do
+	case '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7':
+		// octal notation
+		ch = s.scanDigits(ch, 8, 3)
+	case 'x':
+		// hexademical notation
+		ch = s.scanDigits(s.next(), 16, 2)
+	case 'u':
+		// universal character name
+		ch = s.scanDigits(s.next(), 16, 4)
+	case 'U':
+		// universal character name
+		ch = s.scanDigits(s.next(), 16, 8)
+	default:
+		s.err("illegal char escape")
+	}
+	return ch
+}
+
+// scanDigits scans a rune with the given base for n times. For example an
+// octal notation \184 would yield in scanDigits(ch, 8, 3)
+func (s *Scanner) scanDigits(ch rune, base, n int) rune {
+	start := n
+	for n > 0 && digitVal(ch) < base {
+		ch = s.next()
+		if ch == eof {
+			// If we see an EOF, we halt any more scanning of digits
+			// immediately.
+			break
+		}
+
+		n--
+	}
+	if n > 0 {
+		s.err("illegal char escape")
+	}
+
+	if n != start {
+		// we scanned all digits, put the last non digit char back,
+		// only if we read anything at all
+		s.unread()
+	}
+
+	return ch
+}
+
+// scanIdentifier scans an identifier and returns the literal string
+func (s *Scanner) scanIdentifier() string {
+	offs := s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+	ch := s.next()
+	for isLetter(ch) || isDigit(ch) || ch == '-' || ch == '.' {
+		ch = s.next()
+	}
+
+	if ch != eof {
+		s.unread() // we got identifier, put back latest char
+	}
+
+	return string(s.src[offs:s.srcPos.Offset])
+}
+
+// recentPosition returns the position of the character immediately after the
+// character or token returned by the last call to Scan.
+func (s *Scanner) recentPosition() (pos token.Pos) {
+	pos.Offset = s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+	switch {
+	case s.srcPos.Column > 0:
+		// common case: last character was not a '\n'
+		pos.Line = s.srcPos.Line
+		pos.Column = s.srcPos.Column
+	case s.lastLineLen > 0:
+		// last character was a '\n'
+		// (we cannot be at the beginning of the source
+		// since we have called next() at least once)
+		pos.Line = s.srcPos.Line - 1
+		pos.Column = s.lastLineLen
+	default:
+		// at the beginning of the source
+		pos.Line = 1
+		pos.Column = 1
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// err prints the error of any scanning to s.Error function. If the function is
+// not defined, by default it prints them to os.Stderr
+func (s *Scanner) err(msg string) {
+	s.ErrorCount++
+	pos := s.recentPosition()
+
+	if s.Error != nil {
+		s.Error(pos, msg)
+		return
+	}
+
+	fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "%s: %s\n", pos, msg)
+}
+
+// isHexadecimal returns true if the given rune is a letter
+func isLetter(ch rune) bool {
+	return 'a' <= ch && ch <= 'z' || 'A' <= ch && ch <= 'Z' || ch == '_' || ch >= 0x80 && unicode.IsLetter(ch)
+}
+
+// isDigit returns true if the given rune is a decimal digit
+func isDigit(ch rune) bool {
+	return '0' <= ch && ch <= '9' || ch >= 0x80 && unicode.IsDigit(ch)
+}
+
+// isDecimal returns true if the given rune is a decimal number
+func isDecimal(ch rune) bool {
+	return '0' <= ch && ch <= '9'
+}
+
+// isHexadecimal returns true if the given rune is an hexadecimal number
+func isHexadecimal(ch rune) bool {
+	return '0' <= ch && ch <= '9' || 'a' <= ch && ch <= 'f' || 'A' <= ch && ch <= 'F'
+}
+
+// isWhitespace returns true if the rune is a space, tab, newline or carriage return
+func isWhitespace(ch rune) bool {
+	return ch == ' ' || ch == '\t' || ch == '\n' || ch == '\r'
+}
+
+// digitVal returns the integer value of a given octal,decimal or hexadecimal rune
+func digitVal(ch rune) int {
+	switch {
+	case '0' <= ch && ch <= '9':
+		return int(ch - '0')
+	case 'a' <= ch && ch <= 'f':
+		return int(ch - 'a' + 10)
+	case 'A' <= ch && ch <= 'F':
+		return int(ch - 'A' + 10)
+	}
+	return 16 // larger than any legal digit val
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/strconv/quote.go

@@ -0,0 +1,244 @@
+package strconv
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"unicode/utf8"
+)
+
+// ErrSyntax indicates that a value does not have the right syntax for the target type.
+var ErrSyntax = errors.New("invalid syntax")
+
+// Unquote interprets s as a single-quoted, double-quoted,
+// or backquoted Go string literal, returning the string value
+// that s quotes.  (If s is single-quoted, it would be a Go
+// character literal; Unquote returns the corresponding
+// one-character string.)
+func Unquote(s string) (t string, err error) {
+	n := len(s)
+	if n < 2 {
+		return "", ErrSyntax
+	}
+	quote := s[0]
+	if quote != s[n-1] {
+		return "", ErrSyntax
+	}
+	s = s[1 : n-1]
+
+	if quote != '"' {
+		return "", ErrSyntax
+	}
+
+	// Is it trivial?  Avoid allocation.
+	if !contains(s, '\\') && !contains(s, quote) && !contains(s, '$') {
+		switch quote {
+		case '"':
+			return s, nil
+		case '\'':
+			r, size := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s)
+			if size == len(s) && (r != utf8.RuneError || size != 1) {
+				return s, nil
+			}
+		}
+	}
+
+	var runeTmp [utf8.UTFMax]byte
+	buf := make([]byte, 0, 3*len(s)/2) // Try to avoid more allocations.
+	for len(s) > 0 {
+		// If we're starting a '${}' then let it through un-unquoted.
+		// Specifically: we don't unquote any characters within the `${}`
+		// section, except for escaped backslashes, which we handle specifically.
+		if s[0] == '$' && len(s) > 1 && s[1] == '{' {
+			buf = append(buf, '$', '{')
+			s = s[2:]
+
+			// Continue reading until we find the closing brace, copying as-is
+			braces := 1
+			for len(s) > 0 && braces > 0 {
+				r, size := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s)
+				if r == utf8.RuneError {
+					return "", ErrSyntax
+				}
+
+				s = s[size:]
+
+				// We special case escaped backslashes in interpolations, converting
+				// them to their unescaped equivalents.
+				if r == '\\' {
+					q, _ := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s)
+					switch q {
+					case '\\':
+						continue
+					}
+				}
+
+				n := utf8.EncodeRune(runeTmp[:], r)
+				buf = append(buf, runeTmp[:n]...)
+
+				switch r {
+				case '{':
+					braces++
+				case '}':
+					braces--
+				}
+			}
+			if braces != 0 {
+				return "", ErrSyntax
+			}
+			if len(s) == 0 {
+				// If there's no string left, we're done!
+				break
+			} else {
+				// If there's more left, we need to pop back up to the top of the loop
+				// in case there's another interpolation in this string.
+				continue
+			}
+		}
+
+		c, multibyte, ss, err := unquoteChar(s, quote)
+		if err != nil {
+			return "", err
+		}
+		s = ss
+		if c < utf8.RuneSelf || !multibyte {
+			buf = append(buf, byte(c))
+		} else {
+			n := utf8.EncodeRune(runeTmp[:], c)
+			buf = append(buf, runeTmp[:n]...)
+		}
+		if quote == '\'' && len(s) != 0 {
+			// single-quoted must be single character
+			return "", ErrSyntax
+		}
+	}
+	return string(buf), nil
+}
+
+// contains reports whether the string contains the byte c.
+func contains(s string, c byte) bool {
+	for i := 0; i < len(s); i++ {
+		if s[i] == c {
+			return true
+		}
+	}
+	return false
+}
+
+func unhex(b byte) (v rune, ok bool) {
+	c := rune(b)
+	switch {
+	case '0' <= c && c <= '9':
+		return c - '0', true
+	case 'a' <= c && c <= 'f':
+		return c - 'a' + 10, true
+	case 'A' <= c && c <= 'F':
+		return c - 'A' + 10, true
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+func unquoteChar(s string, quote byte) (value rune, multibyte bool, tail string, err error) {
+	// easy cases
+	switch c := s[0]; {
+	case c == quote && (quote == '\'' || quote == '"'):
+		err = ErrSyntax
+		return
+	case c >= utf8.RuneSelf:
+		r, size := utf8.DecodeRuneInString(s)
+		return r, true, s[size:], nil
+	case c != '\\':
+		return rune(s[0]), false, s[1:], nil
+	}
+
+	// hard case: c is backslash
+	if len(s) <= 1 {
+		err = ErrSyntax
+		return
+	}
+	c := s[1]
+	s = s[2:]
+
+	switch c {
+	case 'a':
+		value = '\a'
+	case 'b':
+		value = '\b'
+	case 'f':
+		value = '\f'
+	case 'n':
+		value = '\n'
+	case 'r':
+		value = '\r'
+	case 't':
+		value = '\t'
+	case 'v':
+		value = '\v'
+	case 'x', 'u', 'U':
+		n := 0
+		switch c {
+		case 'x':
+			n = 2
+		case 'u':
+			n = 4
+		case 'U':
+			n = 8
+		}
+		var v rune
+		if len(s) < n {
+			err = ErrSyntax
+			return
+		}
+		for j := 0; j < n; j++ {
+			x, ok := unhex(s[j])
+			if !ok {
+				err = ErrSyntax
+				return
+			}
+			v = v<<4 | x
+		}
+		s = s[n:]
+		if c == 'x' {
+			// single-byte string, possibly not UTF-8
+			value = v
+			break
+		}
+		if v > utf8.MaxRune {
+			err = ErrSyntax
+			return
+		}
+		value = v
+		multibyte = true
+	case '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7':
+		v := rune(c) - '0'
+		if len(s) < 2 {
+			err = ErrSyntax
+			return
+		}
+		for j := 0; j < 2; j++ { // one digit already; two more
+			x := rune(s[j]) - '0'
+			if x < 0 || x > 7 {
+				err = ErrSyntax
+				return
+			}
+			v = (v << 3) | x
+		}
+		s = s[2:]
+		if v > 255 {
+			err = ErrSyntax
+			return
+		}
+		value = v
+	case '\\':
+		value = '\\'
+	case '\'', '"':
+		if c != quote {
+			err = ErrSyntax
+			return
+		}
+		value = rune(c)
+	default:
+		err = ErrSyntax
+		return
+	}
+	tail = s
+	return
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token/position.go

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+package token
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// Pos describes an arbitrary source position
+// including the file, line, and column location.
+// A Position is valid if the line number is > 0.
+type Pos struct {
+	Filename string // filename, if any
+	Offset   int    // offset, starting at 0
+	Line     int    // line number, starting at 1
+	Column   int    // column number, starting at 1 (character count)
+}
+
+// IsValid returns true if the position is valid.
+func (p *Pos) IsValid() bool { return p.Line > 0 }
+
+// String returns a string in one of several forms:
+//
+//	file:line:column    valid position with file name
+//	line:column         valid position without file name
+//	file                invalid position with file name
+//	-                   invalid position without file name
+func (p Pos) String() string {
+	s := p.Filename
+	if p.IsValid() {
+		if s != "" {
+			s += ":"
+		}
+		s += fmt.Sprintf("%d:%d", p.Line, p.Column)
+	}
+	if s == "" {
+		s = "-"
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+// Before reports whether the position p is before u.
+func (p Pos) Before(u Pos) bool {
+	return u.Offset > p.Offset || u.Line > p.Line
+}
+
+// After reports whether the position p is after u.
+func (p Pos) After(u Pos) bool {
+	return u.Offset < p.Offset || u.Line < p.Line
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token/token.go

@@ -0,0 +1,219 @@
+// Package token defines constants representing the lexical tokens for HCL
+// (HashiCorp Configuration Language)
+package token
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+
+	hclstrconv "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/strconv"
+)
+
+// Token defines a single HCL token which can be obtained via the Scanner
+type Token struct {
+	Type Type
+	Pos  Pos
+	Text string
+	JSON bool
+}
+
+// Type is the set of lexical tokens of the HCL (HashiCorp Configuration Language)
+type Type int
+
+const (
+	// Special tokens
+	ILLEGAL Type = iota
+	EOF
+	COMMENT
+
+	identifier_beg
+	IDENT // literals
+	literal_beg
+	NUMBER  // 12345
+	FLOAT   // 123.45
+	BOOL    // true,false
+	STRING  // "abc"
+	HEREDOC // <<FOO\nbar\nFOO
+	literal_end
+	identifier_end
+
+	operator_beg
+	LBRACK // [
+	LBRACE // {
+	COMMA  // ,
+	PERIOD // .
+
+	RBRACK // ]
+	RBRACE // }
+
+	ASSIGN // =
+	ADD    // +
+	SUB    // -
+	operator_end
+)
+
+var tokens = [...]string{
+	ILLEGAL: "ILLEGAL",
+
+	EOF:     "EOF",
+	COMMENT: "COMMENT",
+
+	IDENT:  "IDENT",
+	NUMBER: "NUMBER",
+	FLOAT:  "FLOAT",
+	BOOL:   "BOOL",
+	STRING: "STRING",
+
+	LBRACK:  "LBRACK",
+	LBRACE:  "LBRACE",
+	COMMA:   "COMMA",
+	PERIOD:  "PERIOD",
+	HEREDOC: "HEREDOC",
+
+	RBRACK: "RBRACK",
+	RBRACE: "RBRACE",
+
+	ASSIGN: "ASSIGN",
+	ADD:    "ADD",
+	SUB:    "SUB",
+}
+
+// String returns the string corresponding to the token tok.
+func (t Type) String() string {
+	s := ""
+	if 0 <= t && t < Type(len(tokens)) {
+		s = tokens[t]
+	}
+	if s == "" {
+		s = "token(" + strconv.Itoa(int(t)) + ")"
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+// IsIdentifier returns true for tokens corresponding to identifiers and basic
+// type literals; it returns false otherwise.
+func (t Type) IsIdentifier() bool { return identifier_beg < t && t < identifier_end }
+
+// IsLiteral returns true for tokens corresponding to basic type literals; it
+// returns false otherwise.
+func (t Type) IsLiteral() bool { return literal_beg < t && t < literal_end }
+
+// IsOperator returns true for tokens corresponding to operators and
+// delimiters; it returns false otherwise.
+func (t Type) IsOperator() bool { return operator_beg < t && t < operator_end }
+
+// String returns the token's literal text. Note that this is only
+// applicable for certain token types, such as token.IDENT,
+// token.STRING, etc..
+func (t Token) String() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("%s %s %s", t.Pos.String(), t.Type.String(), t.Text)
+}
+
+// Value returns the properly typed value for this token. The type of
+// the returned interface{} is guaranteed based on the Type field.
+//
+// This can only be called for literal types. If it is called for any other
+// type, this will panic.
+func (t Token) Value() interface{} {
+	switch t.Type {
+	case BOOL:
+		if t.Text == "true" {
+			return true
+		} else if t.Text == "false" {
+			return false
+		}
+
+		panic("unknown bool value: " + t.Text)
+	case FLOAT:
+		v, err := strconv.ParseFloat(t.Text, 64)
+		if err != nil {
+			panic(err)
+		}
+
+		return float64(v)
+	case NUMBER:
+		v, err := strconv.ParseInt(t.Text, 0, 64)
+		if err != nil {
+			panic(err)
+		}
+
+		return int64(v)
+	case IDENT:
+		return t.Text
+	case HEREDOC:
+		return unindentHeredoc(t.Text)
+	case STRING:
+		// Determine the Unquote method to use. If it came from JSON,
+		// then we need to use the built-in unquote since we have to
+		// escape interpolations there.
+		f := hclstrconv.Unquote
+		if t.JSON {
+			f = strconv.Unquote
+		}
+
+		// This case occurs if json null is used
+		if t.Text == "" {
+			return ""
+		}
+
+		v, err := f(t.Text)
+		if err != nil {
+			panic(fmt.Sprintf("unquote %s err: %s", t.Text, err))
+		}
+
+		return v
+	default:
+		panic(fmt.Sprintf("unimplemented Value for type: %s", t.Type))
+	}
+}
+
+// unindentHeredoc returns the string content of a HEREDOC if it is started with <<
+// and the content of a HEREDOC with the hanging indent removed if it is started with
+// a <<-, and the terminating line is at least as indented as the least indented line.
+func unindentHeredoc(heredoc string) string {
+	// We need to find the end of the marker
+	idx := strings.IndexByte(heredoc, '\n')
+	if idx == -1 {
+		panic("heredoc doesn't contain newline")
+	}
+
+	unindent := heredoc[2] == '-'
+
+	// We can optimize if the heredoc isn't marked for indentation
+	if !unindent {
+		return string(heredoc[idx+1 : len(heredoc)-idx+1])
+	}
+
+	// We need to unindent each line based on the indentation level of the marker
+	lines := strings.Split(string(heredoc[idx+1:len(heredoc)-idx+2]), "\n")
+	whitespacePrefix := lines[len(lines)-1]
+
+	isIndented := true
+	for _, v := range lines {
+		if strings.HasPrefix(v, whitespacePrefix) {
+			continue
+		}
+
+		isIndented = false
+		break
+	}
+
+	// If all lines are not at least as indented as the terminating mark, return the
+	// heredoc as is, but trim the leading space from the marker on the final line.
+	if !isIndented {
+		return strings.TrimRight(string(heredoc[idx+1:len(heredoc)-idx+1]), " \t")
+	}
+
+	unindentedLines := make([]string, len(lines))
+	for k, v := range lines {
+		if k == len(lines)-1 {
+			unindentedLines[k] = ""
+			break
+		}
+
+		unindentedLines[k] = strings.TrimPrefix(v, whitespacePrefix)
+	}
+
+	return strings.Join(unindentedLines, "\n")
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/parser/flatten.go

@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+package parser
+
+import "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast"
+
+// flattenObjects takes an AST node, walks it, and flattens
+func flattenObjects(node ast.Node) {
+	ast.Walk(node, func(n ast.Node) (ast.Node, bool) {
+		// We only care about lists, because this is what we modify
+		list, ok := n.(*ast.ObjectList)
+		if !ok {
+			return n, true
+		}
+
+		// Rebuild the item list
+		items := make([]*ast.ObjectItem, 0, len(list.Items))
+		frontier := make([]*ast.ObjectItem, len(list.Items))
+		copy(frontier, list.Items)
+		for len(frontier) > 0 {
+			// Pop the current item
+			n := len(frontier)
+			item := frontier[n-1]
+			frontier = frontier[:n-1]
+
+			switch v := item.Val.(type) {
+			case *ast.ObjectType:
+				items, frontier = flattenObjectType(v, item, items, frontier)
+			case *ast.ListType:
+				items, frontier = flattenListType(v, item, items, frontier)
+			default:
+				items = append(items, item)
+			}
+		}
+
+		// Reverse the list since the frontier model runs things backwards
+		for i := len(items)/2 - 1; i >= 0; i-- {
+			opp := len(items) - 1 - i
+			items[i], items[opp] = items[opp], items[i]
+		}
+
+		// Done! Set the original items
+		list.Items = items
+		return n, true
+	})
+}
+
+func flattenListType(
+	ot *ast.ListType,
+	item *ast.ObjectItem,
+	items []*ast.ObjectItem,
+	frontier []*ast.ObjectItem) ([]*ast.ObjectItem, []*ast.ObjectItem) {
+	// All the elements of this object must also be objects!
+	for _, subitem := range ot.List {
+		if _, ok := subitem.(*ast.ObjectType); !ok {
+			items = append(items, item)
+			return items, frontier
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Great! We have a match go through all the items and flatten
+	for _, elem := range ot.List {
+		// Add it to the frontier so that we can recurse
+		frontier = append(frontier, &ast.ObjectItem{
+			Keys:        item.Keys,
+			Assign:      item.Assign,
+			Val:         elem,
+			LeadComment: item.LeadComment,
+			LineComment: item.LineComment,
+		})
+	}
+
+	return items, frontier
+}
+
+func flattenObjectType(
+	ot *ast.ObjectType,
+	item *ast.ObjectItem,
+	items []*ast.ObjectItem,
+	frontier []*ast.ObjectItem) ([]*ast.ObjectItem, []*ast.ObjectItem) {
+	// If the list has no items we do not have to flatten anything
+	if ot.List.Items == nil {
+		items = append(items, item)
+		return items, frontier
+	}
+
+	// All the elements of this object must also be objects!
+	for _, subitem := range ot.List.Items {
+		if _, ok := subitem.Val.(*ast.ObjectType); !ok {
+			items = append(items, item)
+			return items, frontier
+		}
+	}
+
+	// Great! We have a match go through all the items and flatten
+	for _, subitem := range ot.List.Items {
+		// Copy the new key
+		keys := make([]*ast.ObjectKey, len(item.Keys)+len(subitem.Keys))
+		copy(keys, item.Keys)
+		copy(keys[len(item.Keys):], subitem.Keys)
+
+		// Add it to the frontier so that we can recurse
+		frontier = append(frontier, &ast.ObjectItem{
+			Keys:        keys,
+			Assign:      item.Assign,
+			Val:         subitem.Val,
+			LeadComment: item.LeadComment,
+			LineComment: item.LineComment,
+		})
+	}
+
+	return items, frontier
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/parser/parser.go

@@ -0,0 +1,303 @@
+package parser
+
+import (
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast"
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/scanner"
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token"
+)
+
+type Parser struct {
+	sc *scanner.Scanner
+
+	// Last read token
+	tok       token.Token
+	commaPrev token.Token
+
+	enableTrace bool
+	indent      int
+	n           int // buffer size (max = 1)
+}
+
+func newParser(src []byte) *Parser {
+	return &Parser{
+		sc: scanner.New(src),
+	}
+}
+
+// Parse returns the fully parsed source and returns the abstract syntax tree.
+func Parse(src []byte) (*ast.File, error) {
+	p := newParser(src)
+	return p.Parse()
+}
+
+var errEofToken = errors.New("EOF token found")
+
+// Parse returns the fully parsed source and returns the abstract syntax tree.
+func (p *Parser) Parse() (*ast.File, error) {
+	f := &ast.File{}
+	var err, scerr error
+	p.sc.Error = func(pos token.Pos, msg string) {
+		scerr = fmt.Errorf("%s: %s", pos, msg)
+	}
+
+	// The root must be an object in JSON
+	object, err := p.object()
+	if scerr != nil {
+		return nil, scerr
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	// We make our final node an object list so it is more HCL compatible
+	f.Node = object.List
+
+	// Flatten it, which finds patterns and turns them into more HCL-like
+	// AST trees.
+	flattenObjects(f.Node)
+
+	return f, nil
+}
+
+func (p *Parser) objectList() (*ast.ObjectList, error) {
+	defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectList"))
+	node := &ast.ObjectList{}
+
+	for {
+		n, err := p.objectItem()
+		if err == errEofToken {
+			break // we are finished
+		}
+
+		// we don't return a nil node, because might want to use already
+		// collected items.
+		if err != nil {
+			return node, err
+		}
+
+		node.Add(n)
+
+		// Check for a followup comma. If it isn't a comma, then we're done
+		if tok := p.scan(); tok.Type != token.COMMA {
+			break
+		}
+	}
+	return node, nil
+}
+
+// objectItem parses a single object item
+func (p *Parser) objectItem() (*ast.ObjectItem, error) {
+	defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectItem"))
+
+	keys, err := p.objectKey()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	o := &ast.ObjectItem{
+		Keys: keys,
+	}
+
+	switch p.tok.Type {
+	case token.COLON:
+		o.Val, err = p.objectValue()
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+	}
+
+	return o, nil
+}
+
+// objectKey parses an object key and returns a ObjectKey AST
+func (p *Parser) objectKey() ([]*ast.ObjectKey, error) {
+	keyCount := 0
+	keys := make([]*ast.ObjectKey, 0)
+
+	for {
+		tok := p.scan()
+		switch tok.Type {
+		case token.EOF:
+			return nil, errEofToken
+		case token.STRING:
+			keyCount++
+			keys = append(keys, &ast.ObjectKey{
+				Token: p.tok.HCLToken(),
+			})
+		case token.COLON:
+			// If we have a zero keycount it means that we never got
+			// an object key, i.e. `{ :`. This is a syntax error.
+			if keyCount == 0 {
+				return nil, fmt.Errorf("expected: STRING got: %s", p.tok.Type)
+			}
+
+			// Done
+			return keys, nil
+		case token.ILLEGAL:
+			fmt.Println("illegal")
+		default:
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("expected: STRING got: %s", p.tok.Type)
+		}
+	}
+}
+
+// object parses any type of object, such as number, bool, string, object or
+// list.
+func (p *Parser) objectValue() (ast.Node, error) {
+	defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectValue"))
+	tok := p.scan()
+
+	switch tok.Type {
+	case token.NUMBER, token.FLOAT, token.BOOL, token.NULL, token.STRING:
+		return p.literalType()
+	case token.LBRACE:
+		return p.objectType()
+	case token.LBRACK:
+		return p.listType()
+	case token.EOF:
+		return nil, errEofToken
+	}
+
+	return nil, fmt.Errorf("Expected object value, got unknown token: %+v", tok)
+}
+
+// object parses any type of object, such as number, bool, string, object or
+// list.
+func (p *Parser) object() (*ast.ObjectType, error) {
+	defer un(trace(p, "ParseType"))
+	tok := p.scan()
+
+	switch tok.Type {
+	case token.LBRACE:
+		return p.objectType()
+	case token.EOF:
+		return nil, errEofToken
+	}
+
+	return nil, fmt.Errorf("Expected object, got unknown token: %+v", tok)
+}
+
+// objectType parses an object type and returns a ObjectType AST
+func (p *Parser) objectType() (*ast.ObjectType, error) {
+	defer un(trace(p, "ParseObjectType"))
+
+	// we assume that the currently scanned token is a LBRACE
+	o := &ast.ObjectType{}
+
+	l, err := p.objectList()
+
+	// if we hit RBRACE, we are good to go (means we parsed all Items), if it's
+	// not a RBRACE, it's an syntax error and we just return it.
+	if err != nil && p.tok.Type != token.RBRACE {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	o.List = l
+	return o, nil
+}
+
+// listType parses a list type and returns a ListType AST
+func (p *Parser) listType() (*ast.ListType, error) {
+	defer un(trace(p, "ParseListType"))
+
+	// we assume that the currently scanned token is a LBRACK
+	l := &ast.ListType{}
+
+	for {
+		tok := p.scan()
+		switch tok.Type {
+		case token.NUMBER, token.FLOAT, token.STRING:
+			node, err := p.literalType()
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, err
+			}
+
+			l.Add(node)
+		case token.COMMA:
+			continue
+		case token.LBRACE:
+			node, err := p.objectType()
+			if err != nil {
+				return nil, err
+			}
+
+			l.Add(node)
+		case token.BOOL:
+			// TODO(arslan) should we support? not supported by HCL yet
+		case token.LBRACK:
+			// TODO(arslan) should we support nested lists? Even though it's
+			// written in README of HCL, it's not a part of the grammar
+			// (not defined in parse.y)
+		case token.RBRACK:
+			// finished
+			return l, nil
+		default:
+			return nil, fmt.Errorf("unexpected token while parsing list: %s", tok.Type)
+		}
+
+	}
+}
+
+// literalType parses a literal type and returns a LiteralType AST
+func (p *Parser) literalType() (*ast.LiteralType, error) {
+	defer un(trace(p, "ParseLiteral"))
+
+	return &ast.LiteralType{
+		Token: p.tok.HCLToken(),
+	}, nil
+}
+
+// scan returns the next token from the underlying scanner. If a token has
+// been unscanned then read that instead.
+func (p *Parser) scan() token.Token {
+	// If we have a token on the buffer, then return it.
+	if p.n != 0 {
+		p.n = 0
+		return p.tok
+	}
+
+	p.tok = p.sc.Scan()
+	return p.tok
+}
+
+// unscan pushes the previously read token back onto the buffer.
+func (p *Parser) unscan() {
+	p.n = 1
+}
+
+// ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Parsing support
+
+func (p *Parser) printTrace(a ...interface{}) {
+	if !p.enableTrace {
+		return
+	}
+
+	const dots = ". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . "
+	const n = len(dots)
+	fmt.Printf("%5d:%3d: ", p.tok.Pos.Line, p.tok.Pos.Column)
+
+	i := 2 * p.indent
+	for i > n {
+		fmt.Print(dots)
+		i -= n
+	}
+	// i <= n
+	fmt.Print(dots[0:i])
+	fmt.Println(a...)
+}
+
+func trace(p *Parser, msg string) *Parser {
+	p.printTrace(msg, "(")
+	p.indent++
+	return p
+}
+
+// Usage pattern: defer un(trace(p, "..."))
+func un(p *Parser) {
+	p.indent--
+	p.printTrace(")")
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/scanner/scanner.go

@@ -0,0 +1,451 @@
+package scanner
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"fmt"
+	"os"
+	"unicode"
+	"unicode/utf8"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token"
+)
+
+// eof represents a marker rune for the end of the reader.
+const eof = rune(0)
+
+// Scanner defines a lexical scanner
+type Scanner struct {
+	buf *bytes.Buffer // Source buffer for advancing and scanning
+	src []byte        // Source buffer for immutable access
+
+	// Source Position
+	srcPos  token.Pos // current position
+	prevPos token.Pos // previous position, used for peek() method
+
+	lastCharLen int // length of last character in bytes
+	lastLineLen int // length of last line in characters (for correct column reporting)
+
+	tokStart int // token text start position
+	tokEnd   int // token text end  position
+
+	// Error is called for each error encountered. If no Error
+	// function is set, the error is reported to os.Stderr.
+	Error func(pos token.Pos, msg string)
+
+	// ErrorCount is incremented by one for each error encountered.
+	ErrorCount int
+
+	// tokPos is the start position of most recently scanned token; set by
+	// Scan. The Filename field is always left untouched by the Scanner.  If
+	// an error is reported (via Error) and Position is invalid, the scanner is
+	// not inside a token.
+	tokPos token.Pos
+}
+
+// New creates and initializes a new instance of Scanner using src as
+// its source content.
+func New(src []byte) *Scanner {
+	// even though we accept a src, we read from a io.Reader compatible type
+	// (*bytes.Buffer). So in the future we might easily change it to streaming
+	// read.
+	b := bytes.NewBuffer(src)
+	s := &Scanner{
+		buf: b,
+		src: src,
+	}
+
+	// srcPosition always starts with 1
+	s.srcPos.Line = 1
+	return s
+}
+
+// next reads the next rune from the bufferred reader. Returns the rune(0) if
+// an error occurs (or io.EOF is returned).
+func (s *Scanner) next() rune {
+	ch, size, err := s.buf.ReadRune()
+	if err != nil {
+		// advance for error reporting
+		s.srcPos.Column++
+		s.srcPos.Offset += size
+		s.lastCharLen = size
+		return eof
+	}
+
+	if ch == utf8.RuneError && size == 1 {
+		s.srcPos.Column++
+		s.srcPos.Offset += size
+		s.lastCharLen = size
+		s.err("illegal UTF-8 encoding")
+		return ch
+	}
+
+	// remember last position
+	s.prevPos = s.srcPos
+
+	s.srcPos.Column++
+	s.lastCharLen = size
+	s.srcPos.Offset += size
+
+	if ch == '\n' {
+		s.srcPos.Line++
+		s.lastLineLen = s.srcPos.Column
+		s.srcPos.Column = 0
+	}
+
+	// debug
+	// fmt.Printf("ch: %q, offset:column: %d:%d\n", ch, s.srcPos.Offset, s.srcPos.Column)
+	return ch
+}
+
+// unread unreads the previous read Rune and updates the source position
+func (s *Scanner) unread() {
+	if err := s.buf.UnreadRune(); err != nil {
+		panic(err) // this is user fault, we should catch it
+	}
+	s.srcPos = s.prevPos // put back last position
+}
+
+// peek returns the next rune without advancing the reader.
+func (s *Scanner) peek() rune {
+	peek, _, err := s.buf.ReadRune()
+	if err != nil {
+		return eof
+	}
+
+	s.buf.UnreadRune()
+	return peek
+}
+
+// Scan scans the next token and returns the token.
+func (s *Scanner) Scan() token.Token {
+	ch := s.next()
+
+	// skip white space
+	for isWhitespace(ch) {
+		ch = s.next()
+	}
+
+	var tok token.Type
+
+	// token text markings
+	s.tokStart = s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+
+	// token position, initial next() is moving the offset by one(size of rune
+	// actually), though we are interested with the starting point
+	s.tokPos.Offset = s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+	if s.srcPos.Column > 0 {
+		// common case: last character was not a '\n'
+		s.tokPos.Line = s.srcPos.Line
+		s.tokPos.Column = s.srcPos.Column
+	} else {
+		// last character was a '\n'
+		// (we cannot be at the beginning of the source
+		// since we have called next() at least once)
+		s.tokPos.Line = s.srcPos.Line - 1
+		s.tokPos.Column = s.lastLineLen
+	}
+
+	switch {
+	case isLetter(ch):
+		lit := s.scanIdentifier()
+		if lit == "true" || lit == "false" {
+			tok = token.BOOL
+		} else if lit == "null" {
+			tok = token.NULL
+		} else {
+			s.err("illegal char")
+		}
+	case isDecimal(ch):
+		tok = s.scanNumber(ch)
+	default:
+		switch ch {
+		case eof:
+			tok = token.EOF
+		case '"':
+			tok = token.STRING
+			s.scanString()
+		case '.':
+			tok = token.PERIOD
+			ch = s.peek()
+			if isDecimal(ch) {
+				tok = token.FLOAT
+				ch = s.scanMantissa(ch)
+				ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+			}
+		case '[':
+			tok = token.LBRACK
+		case ']':
+			tok = token.RBRACK
+		case '{':
+			tok = token.LBRACE
+		case '}':
+			tok = token.RBRACE
+		case ',':
+			tok = token.COMMA
+		case ':':
+			tok = token.COLON
+		case '-':
+			if isDecimal(s.peek()) {
+				ch := s.next()
+				tok = s.scanNumber(ch)
+			} else {
+				s.err("illegal char")
+			}
+		default:
+			s.err("illegal char: " + string(ch))
+		}
+	}
+
+	// finish token ending
+	s.tokEnd = s.srcPos.Offset
+
+	// create token literal
+	var tokenText string
+	if s.tokStart >= 0 {
+		tokenText = string(s.src[s.tokStart:s.tokEnd])
+	}
+	s.tokStart = s.tokEnd // ensure idempotency of tokenText() call
+
+	return token.Token{
+		Type: tok,
+		Pos:  s.tokPos,
+		Text: tokenText,
+	}
+}
+
+// scanNumber scans a HCL number definition starting with the given rune
+func (s *Scanner) scanNumber(ch rune) token.Type {
+	zero := ch == '0'
+	pos := s.srcPos
+
+	s.scanMantissa(ch)
+	ch = s.next() // seek forward
+	if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+		ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+		return token.FLOAT
+	}
+
+	if ch == '.' {
+		ch = s.scanFraction(ch)
+		if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+			ch = s.next()
+			ch = s.scanExponent(ch)
+		}
+		return token.FLOAT
+	}
+
+	if ch != eof {
+		s.unread()
+	}
+
+	// If we have a larger number and this is zero, error
+	if zero && pos != s.srcPos {
+		s.err("numbers cannot start with 0")
+	}
+
+	return token.NUMBER
+}
+
+// scanMantissa scans the mantissa begining from the rune. It returns the next
+// non decimal rune. It's used to determine wheter it's a fraction or exponent.
+func (s *Scanner) scanMantissa(ch rune) rune {
+	scanned := false
+	for isDecimal(ch) {
+		ch = s.next()
+		scanned = true
+	}
+
+	if scanned && ch != eof {
+		s.unread()
+	}
+	return ch
+}
+
+// scanFraction scans the fraction after the '.' rune
+func (s *Scanner) scanFraction(ch rune) rune {
+	if ch == '.' {
+		ch = s.peek() // we peek just to see if we can move forward
+		ch = s.scanMantissa(ch)
+	}
+	return ch
+}
+
+// scanExponent scans the remaining parts of an exponent after the 'e' or 'E'
+// rune.
+func (s *Scanner) scanExponent(ch rune) rune {
+	if ch == 'e' || ch == 'E' {
+		ch = s.next()
+		if ch == '-' || ch == '+' {
+			ch = s.next()
+		}
+		ch = s.scanMantissa(ch)
+	}
+	return ch
+}
+
+// scanString scans a quoted string
+func (s *Scanner) scanString() {
+	braces := 0
+	for {
+		// '"' opening already consumed
+		// read character after quote
+		ch := s.next()
+
+		if ch == '\n' || ch < 0 || ch == eof {
+			s.err("literal not terminated")
+			return
+		}
+
+		if ch == '"' {
+			break
+		}
+
+		// If we're going into a ${} then we can ignore quotes for awhile
+		if braces == 0 && ch == '$' && s.peek() == '{' {
+			braces++
+			s.next()
+		} else if braces > 0 && ch == '{' {
+			braces++
+		}
+		if braces > 0 && ch == '}' {
+			braces--
+		}
+
+		if ch == '\\' {
+			s.scanEscape()
+		}
+	}
+
+	return
+}
+
+// scanEscape scans an escape sequence
+func (s *Scanner) scanEscape() rune {
+	// http://en.cppreference.com/w/cpp/language/escape
+	ch := s.next() // read character after '/'
+	switch ch {
+	case 'a', 'b', 'f', 'n', 'r', 't', 'v', '\\', '"':
+		// nothing to do
+	case '0', '1', '2', '3', '4', '5', '6', '7':
+		// octal notation
+		ch = s.scanDigits(ch, 8, 3)
+	case 'x':
+		// hexademical notation
+		ch = s.scanDigits(s.next(), 16, 2)
+	case 'u':
+		// universal character name
+		ch = s.scanDigits(s.next(), 16, 4)
+	case 'U':
+		// universal character name
+		ch = s.scanDigits(s.next(), 16, 8)
+	default:
+		s.err("illegal char escape")
+	}
+	return ch
+}
+
+// scanDigits scans a rune with the given base for n times. For example an
+// octal notation \184 would yield in scanDigits(ch, 8, 3)
+func (s *Scanner) scanDigits(ch rune, base, n int) rune {
+	for n > 0 && digitVal(ch) < base {
+		ch = s.next()
+		n--
+	}
+	if n > 0 {
+		s.err("illegal char escape")
+	}
+
+	// we scanned all digits, put the last non digit char back
+	s.unread()
+	return ch
+}
+
+// scanIdentifier scans an identifier and returns the literal string
+func (s *Scanner) scanIdentifier() string {
+	offs := s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+	ch := s.next()
+	for isLetter(ch) || isDigit(ch) || ch == '-' {
+		ch = s.next()
+	}
+
+	if ch != eof {
+		s.unread() // we got identifier, put back latest char
+	}
+
+	return string(s.src[offs:s.srcPos.Offset])
+}
+
+// recentPosition returns the position of the character immediately after the
+// character or token returned by the last call to Scan.
+func (s *Scanner) recentPosition() (pos token.Pos) {
+	pos.Offset = s.srcPos.Offset - s.lastCharLen
+	switch {
+	case s.srcPos.Column > 0:
+		// common case: last character was not a '\n'
+		pos.Line = s.srcPos.Line
+		pos.Column = s.srcPos.Column
+	case s.lastLineLen > 0:
+		// last character was a '\n'
+		// (we cannot be at the beginning of the source
+		// since we have called next() at least once)
+		pos.Line = s.srcPos.Line - 1
+		pos.Column = s.lastLineLen
+	default:
+		// at the beginning of the source
+		pos.Line = 1
+		pos.Column = 1
+	}
+	return
+}
+
+// err prints the error of any scanning to s.Error function. If the function is
+// not defined, by default it prints them to os.Stderr
+func (s *Scanner) err(msg string) {
+	s.ErrorCount++
+	pos := s.recentPosition()
+
+	if s.Error != nil {
+		s.Error(pos, msg)
+		return
+	}
+
+	fmt.Fprintf(os.Stderr, "%s: %s\n", pos, msg)
+}
+
+// isHexadecimal returns true if the given rune is a letter
+func isLetter(ch rune) bool {
+	return 'a' <= ch && ch <= 'z' || 'A' <= ch && ch <= 'Z' || ch == '_' || ch >= 0x80 && unicode.IsLetter(ch)
+}
+
+// isHexadecimal returns true if the given rune is a decimal digit
+func isDigit(ch rune) bool {
+	return '0' <= ch && ch <= '9' || ch >= 0x80 && unicode.IsDigit(ch)
+}
+
+// isHexadecimal returns true if the given rune is a decimal number
+func isDecimal(ch rune) bool {
+	return '0' <= ch && ch <= '9'
+}
+
+// isHexadecimal returns true if the given rune is an hexadecimal number
+func isHexadecimal(ch rune) bool {
+	return '0' <= ch && ch <= '9' || 'a' <= ch && ch <= 'f' || 'A' <= ch && ch <= 'F'
+}
+
+// isWhitespace returns true if the rune is a space, tab, newline or carriage return
+func isWhitespace(ch rune) bool {
+	return ch == ' ' || ch == '\t' || ch == '\n' || ch == '\r'
+}
+
+// digitVal returns the integer value of a given octal,decimal or hexadecimal rune
+func digitVal(ch rune) int {
+	switch {
+	case '0' <= ch && ch <= '9':
+		return int(ch - '0')
+	case 'a' <= ch && ch <= 'f':
+		return int(ch - 'a' + 10)
+	case 'A' <= ch && ch <= 'F':
+		return int(ch - 'A' + 10)
+	}
+	return 16 // larger than any legal digit val
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token/position.go

@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+package token
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// Pos describes an arbitrary source position
+// including the file, line, and column location.
+// A Position is valid if the line number is > 0.
+type Pos struct {
+	Filename string // filename, if any
+	Offset   int    // offset, starting at 0
+	Line     int    // line number, starting at 1
+	Column   int    // column number, starting at 1 (character count)
+}
+
+// IsValid returns true if the position is valid.
+func (p *Pos) IsValid() bool { return p.Line > 0 }
+
+// String returns a string in one of several forms:
+//
+//	file:line:column    valid position with file name
+//	line:column         valid position without file name
+//	file                invalid position with file name
+//	-                   invalid position without file name
+func (p Pos) String() string {
+	s := p.Filename
+	if p.IsValid() {
+		if s != "" {
+			s += ":"
+		}
+		s += fmt.Sprintf("%d:%d", p.Line, p.Column)
+	}
+	if s == "" {
+		s = "-"
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+// Before reports whether the position p is before u.
+func (p Pos) Before(u Pos) bool {
+	return u.Offset > p.Offset || u.Line > p.Line
+}
+
+// After reports whether the position p is after u.
+func (p Pos) After(u Pos) bool {
+	return u.Offset < p.Offset || u.Line < p.Line
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/token/token.go

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+package token
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+	"strconv"
+
+	hcltoken "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/token"
+)
+
+// Token defines a single HCL token which can be obtained via the Scanner
+type Token struct {
+	Type Type
+	Pos  Pos
+	Text string
+}
+
+// Type is the set of lexical tokens of the HCL (HashiCorp Configuration Language)
+type Type int
+
+const (
+	// Special tokens
+	ILLEGAL Type = iota
+	EOF
+
+	identifier_beg
+	literal_beg
+	NUMBER // 12345
+	FLOAT  // 123.45
+	BOOL   // true,false
+	STRING // "abc"
+	NULL   // null
+	literal_end
+	identifier_end
+
+	operator_beg
+	LBRACK // [
+	LBRACE // {
+	COMMA  // ,
+	PERIOD // .
+	COLON  // :
+
+	RBRACK // ]
+	RBRACE // }
+
+	operator_end
+)
+
+var tokens = [...]string{
+	ILLEGAL: "ILLEGAL",
+
+	EOF: "EOF",
+
+	NUMBER: "NUMBER",
+	FLOAT:  "FLOAT",
+	BOOL:   "BOOL",
+	STRING: "STRING",
+	NULL:   "NULL",
+
+	LBRACK: "LBRACK",
+	LBRACE: "LBRACE",
+	COMMA:  "COMMA",
+	PERIOD: "PERIOD",
+	COLON:  "COLON",
+
+	RBRACK: "RBRACK",
+	RBRACE: "RBRACE",
+}
+
+// String returns the string corresponding to the token tok.
+func (t Type) String() string {
+	s := ""
+	if 0 <= t && t < Type(len(tokens)) {
+		s = tokens[t]
+	}
+	if s == "" {
+		s = "token(" + strconv.Itoa(int(t)) + ")"
+	}
+	return s
+}
+
+// IsIdentifier returns true for tokens corresponding to identifiers and basic
+// type literals; it returns false otherwise.
+func (t Type) IsIdentifier() bool { return identifier_beg < t && t < identifier_end }
+
+// IsLiteral returns true for tokens corresponding to basic type literals; it
+// returns false otherwise.
+func (t Type) IsLiteral() bool { return literal_beg < t && t < literal_end }
+
+// IsOperator returns true for tokens corresponding to operators and
+// delimiters; it returns false otherwise.
+func (t Type) IsOperator() bool { return operator_beg < t && t < operator_end }
+
+// String returns the token's literal text. Note that this is only
+// applicable for certain token types, such as token.IDENT,
+// token.STRING, etc..
+func (t Token) String() string {
+	return fmt.Sprintf("%s %s %s", t.Pos.String(), t.Type.String(), t.Text)
+}
+
+// HCLToken converts this token to an HCL token.
+//
+// The token type must be a literal type or this will panic.
+func (t Token) HCLToken() hcltoken.Token {
+	switch t.Type {
+	case BOOL:
+		return hcltoken.Token{Type: hcltoken.BOOL, Text: t.Text}
+	case FLOAT:
+		return hcltoken.Token{Type: hcltoken.FLOAT, Text: t.Text}
+	case NULL:
+		return hcltoken.Token{Type: hcltoken.STRING, Text: ""}
+	case NUMBER:
+		return hcltoken.Token{Type: hcltoken.NUMBER, Text: t.Text}
+	case STRING:
+		return hcltoken.Token{Type: hcltoken.STRING, Text: t.Text, JSON: true}
+	default:
+		panic(fmt.Sprintf("unimplemented HCLToken for type: %s", t.Type))
+	}
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/lex.go

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+package hcl
+
+import (
+	"unicode"
+	"unicode/utf8"
+)
+
+type lexModeValue byte
+
+const (
+	lexModeUnknown lexModeValue = iota
+	lexModeHcl
+	lexModeJson
+)
+
+// lexMode returns whether we're going to be parsing in JSON
+// mode or HCL mode.
+func lexMode(v []byte) lexModeValue {
+	var (
+		r      rune
+		w      int
+		offset int
+	)
+
+	for {
+		r, w = utf8.DecodeRune(v[offset:])
+		offset += w
+		if unicode.IsSpace(r) {
+			continue
+		}
+		if r == '{' {
+			return lexModeJson
+		}
+		break
+	}
+
+	return lexModeHcl
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/hcl/parse.go

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+package hcl
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast"
+	hclParser "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/parser"
+	jsonParser "github.com/hashicorp/hcl/json/parser"
+)
+
+// ParseBytes accepts as input byte slice and returns ast tree.
+//
+// Input can be either JSON or HCL
+func ParseBytes(in []byte) (*ast.File, error) {
+	return parse(in)
+}
+
+// ParseString accepts input as a string and returns ast tree.
+func ParseString(input string) (*ast.File, error) {
+	return parse([]byte(input))
+}
+
+func parse(in []byte) (*ast.File, error) {
+	switch lexMode(in) {
+	case lexModeHcl:
+		return hclParser.Parse(in)
+	case lexModeJson:
+		return jsonParser.Parse(in)
+	}
+
+	return nil, fmt.Errorf("unknown config format")
+}
+
+// Parse parses the given input and returns the root object.
+//
+// The input format can be either HCL or JSON.
+func Parse(input string) (*ast.File, error) {
+	return parse([]byte(input))
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,363 @@
+Mozilla Public License, version 2.0
+
+1. Definitions
+
+1.1. "Contributor"
+
+     means each individual or legal entity that creates, contributes to the
+     creation of, or owns Covered Software.
+
+1.2. "Contributor Version"
+
+     means the combination of the Contributions of others (if any) used by a
+     Contributor and that particular Contributor's Contribution.
+
+1.3. "Contribution"
+
+     means Covered Software of a particular Contributor.
+
+1.4. "Covered Software"
+
+     means Source Code Form to which the initial Contributor has attached the
+     notice in Exhibit A, the Executable Form of such Source Code Form, and
+     Modifications of such Source Code Form, in each case including portions
+     thereof.
+
+1.5. "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses"
+     means
+
+     a. that the initial Contributor has attached the notice described in
+        Exhibit B to the Covered Software; or
+
+     b. that the Covered Software was made available under the terms of
+        version 1.1 or earlier of the License, but not also under the terms of
+        a Secondary License.
+
+1.6. "Executable Form"
+
+     means any form of the work other than Source Code Form.
+
+1.7. "Larger Work"
+
+     means a work that combines Covered Software with other material, in a
+     separate file or files, that is not Covered Software.
+
+1.8. "License"
+
+     means this document.
+
+1.9. "Licensable"
+
+     means having the right to grant, to the maximum extent possible, whether
+     at the time of the initial grant or subsequently, any and all of the
+     rights conveyed by this License.
+
+1.10. "Modifications"
+
+     means any of the following:
+
+     a. any file in Source Code Form that results from an addition to,
+        deletion from, or modification of the contents of Covered Software; or
+
+     b. any new file in Source Code Form that contains any Covered Software.
+
+1.11. "Patent Claims" of a Contributor
+
+      means any patent claim(s), including without limitation, method,
+      process, and apparatus claims, in any patent Licensable by such
+      Contributor that would be infringed, but for the grant of the License,
+      by the making, using, selling, offering for sale, having made, import,
+      or transfer of either its Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+1.12. "Secondary License"
+
+      means either the GNU General Public License, Version 2.0, the GNU Lesser
+      General Public License, Version 2.1, the GNU Affero General Public
+      License, Version 3.0, or any later versions of those licenses.
+
+1.13. "Source Code Form"
+
+      means the form of the work preferred for making modifications.
+
+1.14. "You" (or "Your")
+
+      means an individual or a legal entity exercising rights under this
+      License. For legal entities, "You" includes any entity that controls, is
+      controlled by, or is under common control with You. For purposes of this
+      definition, "control" means (a) the power, direct or indirect, to cause
+      the direction or management of such entity, whether by contract or
+      otherwise, or (b) ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the
+      outstanding shares or beneficial ownership of such entity.
+
+
+2. License Grants and Conditions
+
+2.1. Grants
+
+     Each Contributor hereby grants You a world-wide, royalty-free,
+     non-exclusive license:
+
+     a. under intellectual property rights (other than patent or trademark)
+        Licensable by such Contributor to use, reproduce, make available,
+        modify, display, perform, distribute, and otherwise exploit its
+        Contributions, either on an unmodified basis, with Modifications, or
+        as part of a Larger Work; and
+
+     b. under Patent Claims of such Contributor to make, use, sell, offer for
+        sale, have made, import, and otherwise transfer either its
+        Contributions or its Contributor Version.
+
+2.2. Effective Date
+
+     The licenses granted in Section 2.1 with respect to any Contribution
+     become effective for each Contribution on the date the Contributor first
+     distributes such Contribution.
+
+2.3. Limitations on Grant Scope
+
+     The licenses granted in this Section 2 are the only rights granted under
+     this License. No additional rights or licenses will be implied from the
+     distribution or licensing of Covered Software under this License.
+     Notwithstanding Section 2.1(b) above, no patent license is granted by a
+     Contributor:
+
+     a. for any code that a Contributor has removed from Covered Software; or
+
+     b. for infringements caused by: (i) Your and any other third party's
+        modifications of Covered Software, or (ii) the combination of its
+        Contributions with other software (except as part of its Contributor
+        Version); or
+
+     c. under Patent Claims infringed by Covered Software in the absence of
+        its Contributions.
+
+     This License does not grant any rights in the trademarks, service marks,
+     or logos of any Contributor (except as may be necessary to comply with
+     the notice requirements in Section 3.4).
+
+2.4. Subsequent Licenses
+
+     No Contributor makes additional grants as a result of Your choice to
+     distribute the Covered Software under a subsequent version of this
+     License (see Section 10.2) or under the terms of a Secondary License (if
+     permitted under the terms of Section 3.3).
+
+2.5. Representation
+
+     Each Contributor represents that the Contributor believes its
+     Contributions are its original creation(s) or it has sufficient rights to
+     grant the rights to its Contributions conveyed by this License.
+
+2.6. Fair Use
+
+     This License is not intended to limit any rights You have under
+     applicable copyright doctrines of fair use, fair dealing, or other
+     equivalents.
+
+2.7. Conditions
+
+     Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 are conditions of the licenses granted in
+     Section 2.1.
+
+
+3. Responsibilities
+
+3.1. Distribution of Source Form
+
+     All distribution of Covered Software in Source Code Form, including any
+     Modifications that You create or to which You contribute, must be under
+     the terms of this License. You must inform recipients that the Source
+     Code Form of the Covered Software is governed by the terms of this
+     License, and how they can obtain a copy of this License. You may not
+     attempt to alter or restrict the recipients' rights in the Source Code
+     Form.
+
+3.2. Distribution of Executable Form
+
+     If You distribute Covered Software in Executable Form then:
+
+     a. such Covered Software must also be made available in Source Code Form,
+        as described in Section 3.1, and You must inform recipients of the
+        Executable Form how they can obtain a copy of such Source Code Form by
+        reasonable means in a timely manner, at a charge no more than the cost
+        of distribution to the recipient; and
+
+     b. You may distribute such Executable Form under the terms of this
+        License, or sublicense it under different terms, provided that the
+        license for the Executable Form does not attempt to limit or alter the
+        recipients' rights in the Source Code Form under this License.
+
+3.3. Distribution of a Larger Work
+
+     You may create and distribute a Larger Work under terms of Your choice,
+     provided that You also comply with the requirements of this License for
+     the Covered Software. If the Larger Work is a combination of Covered
+     Software with a work governed by one or more Secondary Licenses, and the
+     Covered Software is not Incompatible With Secondary Licenses, this
+     License permits You to additionally distribute such Covered Software
+     under the terms of such Secondary License(s), so that the recipient of
+     the Larger Work may, at their option, further distribute the Covered
+     Software under the terms of either this License or such Secondary
+     License(s).
+
+3.4. Notices
+
+     You may not remove or alter the substance of any license notices
+     (including copyright notices, patent notices, disclaimers of warranty, or
+     limitations of liability) contained within the Source Code Form of the
+     Covered Software, except that You may alter any license notices to the
+     extent required to remedy known factual inaccuracies.
+
+3.5. Application of Additional Terms
+
+     You may choose to offer, and to charge a fee for, warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability obligations to one or more recipients of Covered
+     Software. However, You may do so only on Your own behalf, and not on
+     behalf of any Contributor. You must make it absolutely clear that any
+     such warranty, support, indemnity, or liability obligation is offered by
+     You alone, and You hereby agree to indemnify every Contributor for any
+     liability incurred by such Contributor as a result of warranty, support,
+     indemnity or liability terms You offer. You may include additional
+     disclaimers of warranty and limitations of liability specific to any
+     jurisdiction.
+
+4. Inability to Comply Due to Statute or Regulation
+
+   If it is impossible for You to comply with any of the terms of this License
+   with respect to some or all of the Covered Software due to statute,
+   judicial order, or regulation then You must: (a) comply with the terms of
+   this License to the maximum extent possible; and (b) describe the
+   limitations and the code they affect. Such description must be placed in a
+   text file included with all distributions of the Covered Software under
+   this License. Except to the extent prohibited by statute or regulation,
+   such description must be sufficiently detailed for a recipient of ordinary
+   skill to be able to understand it.
+
+5. Termination
+
+5.1. The rights granted under this License will terminate automatically if You
+     fail to comply with any of its terms. However, if You become compliant,
+     then the rights granted under this License from a particular Contributor
+     are reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until such Contributor
+     explicitly and finally terminates Your grants, and (b) on an ongoing
+     basis, if such Contributor fails to notify You of the non-compliance by
+     some reasonable means prior to 60 days after You have come back into
+     compliance. Moreover, Your grants from a particular Contributor are
+     reinstated on an ongoing basis if such Contributor notifies You of the
+     non-compliance by some reasonable means, this is the first time You have
+     received notice of non-compliance with this License from such
+     Contributor, and You become compliant prior to 30 days after Your receipt
+     of the notice.
+
+5.2. If You initiate litigation against any entity by asserting a patent
+     infringement claim (excluding declaratory judgment actions,
+     counter-claims, and cross-claims) alleging that a Contributor Version
+     directly or indirectly infringes any patent, then the rights granted to
+     You by any and all Contributors for the Covered Software under Section
+     2.1 of this License shall terminate.
+
+5.3. In the event of termination under Sections 5.1 or 5.2 above, all end user
+     license agreements (excluding distributors and resellers) which have been
+     validly granted by You or Your distributors under this License prior to
+     termination shall survive termination.
+
+6. Disclaimer of Warranty
+
+   Covered Software is provided under this License on an "as is" basis,
+   without warranty of any kind, either expressed, implied, or statutory,
+   including, without limitation, warranties that the Covered Software is free
+   of defects, merchantable, fit for a particular purpose or non-infringing.
+   The entire risk as to the quality and performance of the Covered Software
+   is with You. Should any Covered Software prove defective in any respect,
+   You (not any Contributor) assume the cost of any necessary servicing,
+   repair, or correction. This disclaimer of warranty constitutes an essential
+   part of this License. No use of  any Covered Software is authorized under
+   this License except under this disclaimer.
+
+7. Limitation of Liability
+
+   Under no circumstances and under no legal theory, whether tort (including
+   negligence), contract, or otherwise, shall any Contributor, or anyone who
+   distributes Covered Software as permitted above, be liable to You for any
+   direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any
+   character including, without limitation, damages for lost profits, loss of
+   goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all
+   other commercial damages or losses, even if such party shall have been
+   informed of the possibility of such damages. This limitation of liability
+   shall not apply to liability for death or personal injury resulting from
+   such party's negligence to the extent applicable law prohibits such
+   limitation. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of
+   incidental or consequential damages, so this exclusion and limitation may
+   not apply to You.
+
+8. Litigation
+
+   Any litigation relating to this License may be brought only in the courts
+   of a jurisdiction where the defendant maintains its principal place of
+   business and such litigation shall be governed by laws of that
+   jurisdiction, without reference to its conflict-of-law provisions. Nothing
+   in this Section shall prevent a party's ability to bring cross-claims or
+   counter-claims.
+
+9. Miscellaneous
+
+   This License represents the complete agreement concerning the subject
+   matter hereof. If any provision of this License is held to be
+   unenforceable, such provision shall be reformed only to the extent
+   necessary to make it enforceable. Any law or regulation which provides that
+   the language of a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not
+   be used to construe this License against a Contributor.
+
+
+10. Versions of the License
+
+10.1. New Versions
+
+      Mozilla Foundation is the license steward. Except as provided in Section
+      10.3, no one other than the license steward has the right to modify or
+      publish new versions of this License. Each version will be given a
+      distinguishing version number.
+
+10.2. Effect of New Versions
+
+      You may distribute the Covered Software under the terms of the version
+      of the License under which You originally received the Covered Software,
+      or under the terms of any subsequent version published by the license
+      steward.
+
+10.3. Modified Versions
+
+      If you create software not governed by this License, and you want to
+      create a new license for such software, you may create and use a
+      modified version of this License if you rename the license and remove
+      any references to the name of the license steward (except to note that
+      such modified license differs from this License).
+
+10.4. Distributing Source Code Form that is Incompatible With Secondary
+      Licenses If You choose to distribute Source Code Form that is
+      Incompatible With Secondary Licenses under the terms of this version of
+      the License, the notice described in Exhibit B of this License must be
+      attached.
+
+Exhibit A - Source Code Form License Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is subject to the
+      terms of the Mozilla Public License, v.
+      2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not
+      distributed with this file, You can
+      obtain one at
+      http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+If it is not possible or desirable to put the notice in a particular file,
+then You may include the notice in a location (such as a LICENSE file in a
+relevant directory) where a recipient would be likely to look for such a
+notice.
+
+You may add additional accurate notices of copyright ownership.
+
+Exhibit B - "Incompatible With Secondary Licenses" Notice
+
+      This Source Code Form is "Incompatible
+      With Secondary Licenses", as defined by
+      the Mozilla Public License, v. 2.0.
+

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/SPEC.md

@@ -0,0 +1,611 @@
+FORMAT: 1A
+
+# vault
+
+The Vault API gives you full access to the Vault project.
+
+If you're browsing this API specifiction in GitHub or in raw
+format, please excuse some of the odd formatting. This document
+is in api-blueprint format that is read by viewers such as
+Apiary.
+
+## Sealed vs. Unsealed
+
+Whenever an individual Vault server is started, it is started
+in the _sealed_ state. In this state, it knows where its data
+is located, but the data is encrypted and Vault doesn't have the
+encryption keys to access it. Before Vault can operate, it must
+be _unsealed_.
+
+**Note:** Sealing/unsealing has no relationship to _authentication_
+which is separate and still required once the Vault is unsealed.
+
+Instead of being sealed with a single key, we utilize
+[Shamir's Secret Sharing](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shamir%27s_Secret_Sharing)
+to shard a key into _n_ parts such that _t_ parts are required
+to reconstruct the original key, where `t <= n`. This means that
+Vault itself doesn't know the original key, and no single person
+has the original key (unless `n = 1`, or `t` parts are given to
+a single person).
+
+Unsealing is done via an unauthenticated
+[unseal API](#reference/seal/unseal/unseal). This API takes a single
+master shard and progresses the unsealing process. Once all shards
+are given, the Vault is either unsealed or resets the unsealing
+process if the key was invalid.
+
+The entire seal/unseal state is server-wide. This allows multiple
+distinct operators to use the unseal API (or more likely the
+`vault unseal` command) from separate computers/networks and never
+have to transmit their key in order to unseal the vault in a
+distributed fashion.
+
+## Transport
+
+The API is expected to be accessed over a TLS connection at
+all times, with a valid certificate that is verified by a well
+behaved client.
+
+## Authentication
+
+Once the Vault is unsealed, every other operation requires
+authentication. There are multiple methods for authentication
+that can be enabled (see
+[authentication](#reference/authentication)).
+
+Authentication is done with the login endpoint. The login endpoint
+returns an access token that is set as the `X-Vault-Token` header.
+
+## Help
+
+To retrieve the help for any API within Vault, including mounted
+backends, credential providers, etc. then append `?help=1` to any
+URL. If you have valid permission to access the path, then the help text
+will be returned with the following structure:
+
+        {
+            "help": "help text"
+        }
+
+## Error Response
+
+A common JSON structure is always returned to return errors:
+
+        {
+            "errors": [
+                "message",
+                "another message"
+            ]
+        }
+
+This structure will be sent down for any non-20x HTTP status.
+
+## HTTP Status Codes
+
+The following HTTP status codes are used throughout the API.
+
+- `200` - Success with data.
+- `204` - Success, no data returned.
+- `400` - Invalid request, missing or invalid data.
+- `403` - Forbidden, your authentication details are either
+   incorrect or you don't have access to this feature.
+- `404` - Invalid path. This can both mean that the path truly
+   doesn't exist or that you don't have permission to view a
+   specific path. We use 404 in some cases to avoid state leakage.
+- `429` - Rate limit exceeded. Try again after waiting some period
+   of time.
+- `500` - Internal server error. An internal error has occurred,
+   try again later. If the error persists, report a bug.
+- `503` - Vault is down for maintenance or is currently sealed.
+   Try again later.
+
+# Group Initialization
+
+## Initialization [/sys/init]
+### Initialization Status [GET]
+Returns the status of whether the vault is initialized or not. The
+vault doesn't have to be unsealed for this operation.
+
++ Response 200 (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "initialized": true
+        }
+
+### Initialize [POST]
+Initialize the vault. This is an unauthenticated request to initially
+setup a new vault. Although this is unauthenticated, it is still safe:
+data cannot be in vault prior to initialization, and any future
+authentication will fail if you didn't initialize it yourself.
+Additionally, once initialized, a vault cannot be reinitialized.
+
+This API is the only time Vault will ever be aware of your keys, and
+the only time the keys will ever be returned in one unit. Care should
+be taken to ensure that the output of this request is never logged,
+and that the keys are properly distributed.
+
+The response also contains the initial root token that can be used
+as authentication in order to initially configure Vault once it is
+unsealed. Just as with the unseal keys, this is the only time Vault is
+ever aware of this token.
+
++ Request (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "secret_shares": 5,
+            "secret_threshold": 3,
+        }
+
++ Response 200 (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "keys": ["one", "two", "three"],
+            "root_token": "foo"
+        }
+
+# Group Seal/Unseal
+
+## Seal Status [/sys/seal-status]
+### Seal Status [GET]
+Returns the status of whether the vault is currently
+sealed or not, as well as the progress of unsealing.
+
+The response has the following attributes:
+
+- sealed (boolean) - If true, the vault is sealed. Otherwise,
+    it is unsealed.
+- t (int) - The "t" value for the master key, or the number
+    of shards needed total to unseal the vault.
+- n (int) - The "n" value for the master key, or the total
+    number of shards of the key distributed.
+- progress (int) - The number of master key shards that have
+    been entered so far towards unsealing the vault.
+
++ Response 200 (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "sealed": true,
+            "t": 3,
+            "n": 5,
+            "progress": 1
+        }
+
+## Seal [/sys/seal]
+### Seal [PUT]
+Seal the vault.
+
+Sealing the vault locks Vault from any future operations on any
+secrets or system configuration until the vault is once again
+unsealed. Internally, sealing throws away the keys to access the
+encrypted vault data, so Vault is unable to access the data without
+unsealing to get the encryption keys.
+
++ Response 204
+
+## Unseal [/sys/unseal]
+### Unseal [PUT]
+Unseal the vault.
+
+Unseal the vault by entering a portion of the master key. The
+response object will tell you if the unseal is complete or
+only partial.
+
+If the vault is already unsealed, this does nothing. It is
+not an error, the return value just says the vault is unsealed.
+Due to the architecture of Vault, we cannot validate whether
+any portion of the unseal key given is valid until all keys
+are inputted, therefore unsealing an already unsealed vault
+is still a success even if the input key is invalid.
+
++ Request (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "key": "value"
+        }
+
++ Response 200 (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "sealed": true,
+            "t": 3,
+            "n": 5,
+            "progress": 1
+        }
+
+# Group Authentication
+
+## List Auth Methods [/sys/auth]
+### List all auth methods [GET]
+Lists all available authentication methods.
+
+This returns the name of the authentication method as well as
+a human-friendly long-form help text for the method that can be
+shown to the user as documentation.
+
++ Response 200 (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "token": {
+                "type": "token",
+                "description": "Token authentication"
+            },
+            "oauth": {
+                "type": "oauth",
+                "description": "OAuth authentication"
+            }
+        }
+
+## Single Auth Method [/sys/auth/{id}]
+
++ Parameters
+    + id (required, string) ... The ID of the auth method.
+
+### Enable an auth method [PUT]
+Enables an authentication method.
+
+The body of the request depends on the authentication method
+being used. Please reference the documentation for the specific
+authentication method you're enabling in order to determine what
+parameters you must give it.
+
+If an authentication method is already enabled, then this can be
+used to change the configuration, including even the type of
+the configuration.
+
++ Request (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "type": "type",
+            "key": "value",
+            "key2": "value2"
+        }
+
++ Response 204
+
+### Disable an auth method [DELETE]
+Disables an authentication method. Previously authenticated sessions
+are immediately invalidated.
+
++ Response 204
+
+# Group Policies
+
+Policies are named permission sets that identities returned by
+credential stores are bound to. This separates _authentication_
+from _authorization_.
+
+## Policies [/sys/policy]
+### List all Policies [GET]
+
+List all the policies.
+
++ Response 200 (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "policies": ["root"]
+        }
+
+## Single Policy [/sys/policy/{id}]
+
++ Parameters
+    + id (required, string) ... The name of the policy
+
+### Upsert [PUT]
+
+Create or update a policy with the given ID.
+
++ Request (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "rules": "HCL"
+        }
+
++ Response 204
+
+### Delete [DELETE]
+
+Delete a policy with the given ID. Any identities bound to this
+policy will immediately become "deny all" despite already being
+authenticated.
+
++ Response 204
+
+# Group Mounts
+
+Logical backends are mounted at _mount points_, similar to
+filesystems. This allows you to mount the "aws" logical backend
+at the "aws-us-east" path, so all access is at `/aws-us-east/keys/foo`
+for example. This enables multiple logical backends to be enabled.
+
+## Mounts [/sys/mounts]
+### List all mounts [GET]
+
+Lists all the active mount points.
+
++ Response 200 (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "aws": {
+                "type": "aws",
+                "description": "AWS"
+            },
+            "pg": {
+                "type": "postgresql",
+                "description": "PostgreSQL dynamic users"
+            }
+        }
+
+## Single Mount [/sys/mounts/{path}]
+### New Mount [POST]
+
+Mount a logical backend to a new path.
+
+Configuration for this new backend is done via the normal
+read/write mechanism once it is mounted.
+
++ Request (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "type": "aws",
+            "description": "EU AWS tokens"
+        }
+
++ Response 204
+
+### Unmount [DELETE]
+
+Unmount a mount point.
+
++ Response 204
+
+## Remount [/sys/remount]
+### Remount [POST]
+
+Move an already-mounted backend to a new path.
+
++ Request (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "from": "aws",
+            "to": "aws-east"
+        }
+
++ Response 204
+
+# Group Audit Backends
+
+Audit backends are responsible for shuttling the audit logs that
+Vault generates to a durable system for future querying. By default,
+audit logs are not stored anywhere.
+
+## Audit Backends [/sys/audit]
+### List Enabled Audit Backends [GET]
+
+List all the enabled audit backends
+
++ Response 200 (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "file": {
+                "type": "file",
+                "description": "Send audit logs to a file",
+                "options": {}
+            }
+        }
+
+## Single Audit Backend [/sys/audit/{path}]
+
++ Parameters
+    + path (required, string) ... The path where the audit backend is mounted
+
+### Enable [PUT]
+
+Enable an audit backend.
+
++ Request (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "type": "file",
+            "description": "send to a file",
+            "options": {
+                "path": "/var/log/vault.audit.log"
+            }
+        }
+
++ Response 204
+
+### Disable [DELETE]
+
+Disable an audit backend.
+
++ Request (application/json)
+
++ Response 204
+
+# Group Secrets
+
+## Generic [/{mount}/{path}]
+
+This group documents the general format of reading and writing
+to Vault. The exact structure of the keyspace is defined by the
+logical backends in use, so documentation related to
+a specific backend should be referenced for details on what keys
+and routes are expected.
+
+The path for examples are `/prefix/path`, but in practice
+these will be defined by the backends that are mounted. For
+example, reading an AWS key might be at the `/aws/root` path.
+These paths are defined by the logical backends.
+
++ Parameters
+    + mount (required, string) ... The mount point for the
+      logical backend. Example: `aws`.
+    + path (optional, string) ... The path within the backend
+      to read or write data.
+
+### Read [GET]
+
+Read data from vault.
+
+The data read from the vault can either be a secret or
+arbitrary configuration data. The type of data returned
+depends on the path, and is defined by the logical backend.
+
+If the return value is a secret, then the return structure
+is a mixture of arbitrary key/value along with the following
+fields which are guaranteed to exist:
+
+- `lease_id` (string) - A unique ID used for renewal and
+  revocation.
+
+- `renewable` (bool) - If true, then this key can be renewed.
+  If a key can't be renewed, then a new key must be requested
+  after the lease duration period.
+
+- `lease_duration` (int) - The time in seconds that a secret is
+  valid for before it must be renewed.
+
+- `lease_duration_max` (int) - The maximum amount of time in
+  seconds that a secret is valid for. This will always be
+  greater than or equal to `lease_duration`. The difference
+  between this and `lease_duration` is an overlap window
+  where multiple keys may be valid.
+
+If the return value is not a secret, then the return structure
+is an arbitrary JSON object.
+
++ Response 200 (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "lease_id": "UUID",
+            "lease_duration": 3600,
+            "key": "value"
+        }
+
+### Write [PUT]
+
+Write data to vault.
+
+The behavior and arguments to the write are defined by
+the logical backend.
+
++ Request (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "key": "value"
+        }
+
++ Response 204
+
+# Group Lease Management
+
+## Renew Key [/sys/renew/{id}]
+
++ Parameters
+    + id (required, string) ... The `lease_id` of the secret
+      to renew.
+
+### Renew [PUT]
+
++ Response 200 (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "lease_id": "...",
+            "lease_duration": 3600,
+            "access_key": "foo",
+            "secret_key": "bar"
+        }
+
+## Revoke Key [/sys/revoke/{id}]
+
++ Parameters
+    + id (required, string) ... The `lease_id` of the secret
+      to revoke.
+
+### Revoke [PUT]
+
++ Response 204
+
+# Group Backend: AWS
+
+## Root Key [/aws/root]
+### Set the Key [PUT]
+
+Set the root key that the logical backend will use to create
+new secrets, IAM policies, etc.
+
++ Request (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "access_key": "key",
+            "secret_key": "key",
+            "region": "us-east-1"
+        }
+
++ Response 204
+
+## Policies [/aws/policies]
+### List Policies [GET]
+
+List all the policies that can be used to create keys.
+
++ Response 200 (application/json)
+
+        [{
+            "name": "root",
+            "description": "Root access"
+        }, {
+            "name": "web-deploy",
+            "description": "Enough permissions to deploy the web app."
+        }]
+
+## Single Policy [/aws/policies/{name}]
+
++ Parameters
+    + name (required, string) ... Name of the policy.
+
+### Read [GET]
+
+Read a policy.
+
++ Response 200 (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "policy": "base64-encoded policy"
+        }
+
+### Upsert [PUT]
+
+Create or update a policy.
+
++ Request (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "policy": "base64-encoded policy"
+        }
+
++ Response 204
+
+### Delete [DELETE]
+
+Delete the policy with the given name.
+
++ Response 204
+
+## Generate Access Keys [/aws/keys/{policy}]
+### Create [GET]
+
+This generates a new keypair for the given policy.
+
++ Parameters
+    + policy (required, string) ... The policy under which to create
+      the key pair.
+
++ Response 200 (application/json)
+
+        {
+            "lease_id": "...",
+            "lease_duration": 3600,
+            "access_key": "foo",
+            "secret_key": "bar"
+        }

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/auth.go

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+package api
+
+// Auth is used to perform credential backend related operations.
+type Auth struct {
+	c *Client
+}
+
+// Auth is used to return the client for credential-backend API calls.
+func (c *Client) Auth() *Auth {
+	return &Auth{c: c}
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/auth_token.go

@@ -0,0 +1,176 @@
+package api
+
+// TokenAuth is used to perform token backend operations on Vault
+type TokenAuth struct {
+	c *Client
+}
+
+// Token is used to return the client for token-backend API calls
+func (a *Auth) Token() *TokenAuth {
+	return &TokenAuth{c: a.c}
+}
+
+func (c *TokenAuth) Create(opts *TokenCreateRequest) (*Secret, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("POST", "/v1/auth/token/create")
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(opts); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+}
+
+func (c *TokenAuth) CreateWithRole(opts *TokenCreateRequest, roleName string) (*Secret, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("POST", "/v1/auth/token/create/"+roleName)
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(opts); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+}
+
+func (c *TokenAuth) Lookup(token string) (*Secret, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("GET", "/v1/auth/token/lookup/"+token)
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+}
+
+func (c *TokenAuth) LookupAccessor(accessor string) (*Secret, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("POST", "/v1/auth/token/lookup-accessor/"+accessor)
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+}
+
+func (c *TokenAuth) LookupSelf() (*Secret, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("GET", "/v1/auth/token/lookup-self")
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+}
+
+func (c *TokenAuth) Renew(token string, increment int) (*Secret, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", "/v1/auth/token/renew/"+token)
+
+	body := map[string]interface{}{"increment": increment}
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(body); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+}
+
+func (c *TokenAuth) RenewSelf(increment int) (*Secret, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", "/v1/auth/token/renew-self")
+
+	body := map[string]interface{}{"increment": increment}
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(body); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+}
+
+// RevokeAccessor revokes a token associated with the given accessor
+// along with all the child tokens.
+func (c *TokenAuth) RevokeAccessor(accessor string) error {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("POST", "/v1/auth/token/revoke-accessor/"+accessor)
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// RevokeOrphan revokes a token without revoking the tree underneath it (so
+// child tokens are orphaned rather than revoked)
+func (c *TokenAuth) RevokeOrphan(token string) error {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", "/v1/auth/token/revoke-orphan/"+token)
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// RevokeSelf revokes the token making the call
+func (c *TokenAuth) RevokeSelf(token string) error {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", "/v1/auth/token/revoke-self")
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// RevokeTree is the "normal" revoke operation that revokes the given token and
+// the entire tree underneath -- all of its child tokens, their child tokens,
+// etc.
+func (c *TokenAuth) RevokeTree(token string) error {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", "/v1/auth/token/revoke/"+token)
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// TokenCreateRequest is the options structure for creating a token.
+type TokenCreateRequest struct {
+	ID              string            `json:"id,omitempty"`
+	Policies        []string          `json:"policies,omitempty"`
+	Metadata        map[string]string `json:"meta,omitempty"`
+	Lease           string            `json:"lease,omitempty"`
+	TTL             string            `json:"ttl,omitempty"`
+	NoParent        bool              `json:"no_parent,omitempty"`
+	NoDefaultPolicy bool              `json:"no_default_policy,omitempty"`
+	DisplayName     string            `json:"display_name"`
+	NumUses         int               `json:"num_uses"`
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/client.go

@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"errors"
+	"fmt"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+	"os"
+	"strconv"
+	"strings"
+	"sync"
+	"time"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp"
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts"
+)
+
+const EnvVaultAddress = "VAULT_ADDR"
+const EnvVaultCACert = "VAULT_CACERT"
+const EnvVaultCAPath = "VAULT_CAPATH"
+const EnvVaultClientCert = "VAULT_CLIENT_CERT"
+const EnvVaultClientKey = "VAULT_CLIENT_KEY"
+const EnvVaultInsecure = "VAULT_SKIP_VERIFY"
+const EnvVaultTLSServerName = "VAULT_TLS_SERVER_NAME"
+const EnvVaultWrapTTL = "VAULT_WRAP_TTL"
+
+var (
+	errRedirect = errors.New("redirect")
+)
+
+// WrappingLookupFunc is a function that, given an HTTP verb and a path,
+// returns an optional string duration to be used for response wrapping (e.g.
+// "15s", or simply "15"). The path will not begin with "/v1/" or "v1/" or "/",
+// however, end-of-path forward slashes are not trimmed, so must match your
+// called path precisely.
+type WrappingLookupFunc func(operation, path string) string
+
+// Config is used to configure the creation of the client.
+type Config struct {
+	// Address is the address of the Vault server. This should be a complete
+	// URL such as "http://vault.example.com". If you need a custom SSL
+	// cert or want to enable insecure mode, you need to specify a custom
+	// HttpClient.
+	Address string
+
+	// HttpClient is the HTTP client to use, which will currently always have the
+	// same values as http.DefaultClient. This is used to control redirect behavior.
+	HttpClient *http.Client
+
+	redirectSetup sync.Once
+}
+
+// DefaultConfig returns a default configuration for the client. It is
+// safe to modify the return value of this function.
+//
+// The default Address is https://127.0.0.1:8200, but this can be overridden by
+// setting the `VAULT_ADDR` environment variable.
+func DefaultConfig() *Config {
+	config := &Config{
+		Address: "https://127.0.0.1:8200",
+
+		HttpClient: cleanhttp.DefaultClient(),
+	}
+	config.HttpClient.Timeout = time.Second * 60
+	transport := config.HttpClient.Transport.(*http.Transport)
+	transport.TLSHandshakeTimeout = 10 * time.Second
+	transport.TLSClientConfig = &tls.Config{
+		MinVersion: tls.VersionTLS12,
+	}
+
+	if v := os.Getenv(EnvVaultAddress); v != "" {
+		config.Address = v
+	}
+
+	return config
+}
+
+// ReadEnvironment reads configuration information from the
+// environment. If there is an error, no configuration value
+// is updated.
+func (c *Config) ReadEnvironment() error {
+	var envAddress string
+	var envCACert string
+	var envCAPath string
+	var envClientCert string
+	var envClientKey string
+	var envInsecure bool
+	var foundInsecure bool
+	var envTLSServerName string
+
+	var clientCert tls.Certificate
+	var foundClientCert bool
+	var err error
+
+	if v := os.Getenv(EnvVaultAddress); v != "" {
+		envAddress = v
+	}
+	if v := os.Getenv(EnvVaultCACert); v != "" {
+		envCACert = v
+	}
+	if v := os.Getenv(EnvVaultCAPath); v != "" {
+		envCAPath = v
+	}
+	if v := os.Getenv(EnvVaultClientCert); v != "" {
+		envClientCert = v
+	}
+	if v := os.Getenv(EnvVaultClientKey); v != "" {
+		envClientKey = v
+	}
+	if v := os.Getenv(EnvVaultInsecure); v != "" {
+		var err error
+		envInsecure, err = strconv.ParseBool(v)
+		if err != nil {
+			return fmt.Errorf("Could not parse VAULT_SKIP_VERIFY")
+		}
+		foundInsecure = true
+	}
+	if v := os.Getenv(EnvVaultTLSServerName); v != "" {
+		envTLSServerName = v
+	}
+	// If we need custom TLS configuration, then set it
+	if envCACert != "" || envCAPath != "" || envClientCert != "" || envClientKey != "" || envInsecure {
+		if envClientCert != "" && envClientKey != "" {
+			clientCert, err = tls.LoadX509KeyPair(envClientCert, envClientKey)
+			if err != nil {
+				return err
+			}
+			foundClientCert = true
+		} else if envClientCert != "" || envClientKey != "" {
+			return fmt.Errorf("Both client cert and client key must be provided")
+		}
+	}
+
+	if envAddress != "" {
+		c.Address = envAddress
+	}
+
+	clientTLSConfig := c.HttpClient.Transport.(*http.Transport).TLSClientConfig
+	if foundInsecure {
+		clientTLSConfig.InsecureSkipVerify = envInsecure
+	}
+
+	if foundClientCert {
+		clientTLSConfig.Certificates = []tls.Certificate{clientCert}
+	}
+	if envTLSServerName != "" {
+		clientTLSConfig.ServerName = envTLSServerName
+	}
+
+	rootConfig := &rootcerts.Config{
+		CAFile: envCACert,
+		CAPath: envCAPath,
+	}
+	err = rootcerts.ConfigureTLS(clientTLSConfig, rootConfig)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+// Client is the client to the Vault API. Create a client with
+// NewClient.
+type Client struct {
+	addr               *url.URL
+	config             *Config
+	token              string
+	wrappingLookupFunc WrappingLookupFunc
+}
+
+// NewClient returns a new client for the given configuration.
+//
+// If the environment variable `VAULT_TOKEN` is present, the token will be
+// automatically added to the client. Otherwise, you must manually call
+// `SetToken()`.
+func NewClient(c *Config) (*Client, error) {
+	u, err := url.Parse(c.Address)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	if c.HttpClient == nil {
+		c.HttpClient = DefaultConfig().HttpClient
+	}
+
+	redirFunc := func() {
+		// Ensure redirects are not automatically followed
+		// Note that this is sane for the API client as it has its own
+		// redirect handling logic (and thus also for command/meta),
+		// but in e.g. http_test actual redirect handling is necessary
+		c.HttpClient.CheckRedirect = func(req *http.Request, via []*http.Request) error {
+			return errRedirect
+		}
+	}
+
+	c.redirectSetup.Do(redirFunc)
+
+	client := &Client{
+		addr:   u,
+		config: c,
+	}
+
+	if token := os.Getenv("VAULT_TOKEN"); token != "" {
+		client.SetToken(token)
+	}
+
+	return client, nil
+}
+
+// SetWrappingLookupFunc sets a lookup function that returns desired wrap TTLs
+// for a given operation and path
+func (c *Client) SetWrappingLookupFunc(lookupFunc WrappingLookupFunc) {
+	c.wrappingLookupFunc = lookupFunc
+}
+
+// Token returns the access token being used by this client. It will
+// return the empty string if there is no token set.
+func (c *Client) Token() string {
+	return c.token
+}
+
+// SetToken sets the token directly. This won't perform any auth
+// verification, it simply sets the token properly for future requests.
+func (c *Client) SetToken(v string) {
+	c.token = v
+}
+
+// ClearToken deletes the token if it is set or does nothing otherwise.
+func (c *Client) ClearToken() {
+	c.token = ""
+}
+
+// NewRequest creates a new raw request object to query the Vault server
+// configured for this client. This is an advanced method and generally
+// doesn't need to be called externally.
+func (c *Client) NewRequest(method, path string) *Request {
+	req := &Request{
+		Method: method,
+		URL: &url.URL{
+			Scheme: c.addr.Scheme,
+			Host:   c.addr.Host,
+			Path:   path,
+		},
+		ClientToken: c.token,
+		Params:      make(map[string][]string),
+	}
+
+	if c.wrappingLookupFunc != nil {
+		var lookupPath string
+		switch {
+		case strings.HasPrefix(path, "/v1/"):
+			lookupPath = strings.TrimPrefix(path, "/v1/")
+		case strings.HasPrefix(path, "v1/"):
+			lookupPath = strings.TrimPrefix(path, "v1/")
+		default:
+			lookupPath = path
+		}
+		req.WrapTTL = c.wrappingLookupFunc(method, lookupPath)
+	}
+
+	return req
+}
+
+// RawRequest performs the raw request given. This request may be against
+// a Vault server not configured with this client. This is an advanced operation
+// that generally won't need to be called externally.
+func (c *Client) RawRequest(r *Request) (*Response, error) {
+	redirectCount := 0
+START:
+	req, err := r.ToHTTP()
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	var result *Response
+	resp, err := c.config.HttpClient.Do(req)
+	if resp != nil {
+		result = &Response{Response: resp}
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		if urlErr, ok := err.(*url.Error); ok && urlErr.Err == errRedirect {
+			err = nil
+		} else if strings.Contains(err.Error(), "tls: oversized") {
+			err = fmt.Errorf(
+				"%s\n\n"+
+					"This error usually means that the server is running with TLS disabled\n"+
+					"but the client is configured to use TLS. Please either enable TLS\n"+
+					"on the server or run the client with -address set to an address\n"+
+					"that uses the http protocol:\n\n"+
+					"    vault <command> -address http://<address>\n\n"+
+					"You can also set the VAULT_ADDR environment variable:\n\n\n"+
+					"    VAULT_ADDR=http://<address> vault <command>\n\n"+
+					"where <address> is replaced by the actual address to the server.",
+				err)
+		}
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return result, err
+	}
+
+	// Check for a redirect, only allowing for a single redirect
+	if (resp.StatusCode == 301 || resp.StatusCode == 302 || resp.StatusCode == 307) && redirectCount == 0 {
+		// Parse the updated location
+		respLoc, err := resp.Location()
+		if err != nil {
+			return result, err
+		}
+
+		// Ensure a protocol downgrade doesn't happen
+		if req.URL.Scheme == "https" && respLoc.Scheme != "https" {
+			return result, fmt.Errorf("redirect would cause protocol downgrade")
+		}
+
+		// Update the request
+		r.URL = respLoc
+
+		// Reset the request body if any
+		if err := r.ResetJSONBody(); err != nil {
+			return result, err
+		}
+
+		// Retry the request
+		redirectCount++
+		goto START
+	}
+
+	if err := result.Error(); err != nil {
+		return result, err
+	}
+
+	return result, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/help.go

@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+// Help reads the help information for the given path.
+func (c *Client) Help(path string) (*Help, error) {
+	r := c.NewRequest("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/v1/%s", path))
+	r.Params.Add("help", "1")
+	resp, err := c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	var result Help
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	return &result, err
+}
+
+type Help struct {
+	Help    string   `json:"help"`
+	SeeAlso []string `json:"see_also"`
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/logical.go

@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+package api
+
+// Logical is used to perform logical backend operations on Vault.
+type Logical struct {
+	c *Client
+}
+
+// Logical is used to return the client for logical-backend API calls.
+func (c *Client) Logical() *Logical {
+	return &Logical{c: c}
+}
+
+func (c *Logical) Read(path string) (*Secret, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("GET", "/v1/"+path)
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if resp != nil {
+		defer resp.Body.Close()
+	}
+	if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == 404 {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+}
+
+func (c *Logical) List(path string) (*Secret, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("GET", "/v1/"+path)
+	r.Params.Set("list", "true")
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if resp != nil {
+		defer resp.Body.Close()
+	}
+	if resp != nil && resp.StatusCode == 404 {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+}
+
+func (c *Logical) Write(path string, data map[string]interface{}) (*Secret, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", "/v1/"+path)
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(data); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if resp != nil {
+		defer resp.Body.Close()
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	if resp.StatusCode == 200 {
+		return ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+	}
+
+	return nil, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Logical) Delete(path string) (*Secret, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("DELETE", "/v1/"+path)
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if resp != nil {
+		defer resp.Body.Close()
+	}
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	if resp.StatusCode == 200 {
+		return ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+	}
+
+	return nil, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/request.go

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+	"net/url"
+)
+
+// Request is a raw request configuration structure used to initiate
+// API requests to the Vault server.
+type Request struct {
+	Method      string
+	URL         *url.URL
+	Params      url.Values
+	ClientToken string
+	WrapTTL     string
+	Obj         interface{}
+	Body        io.Reader
+	BodySize    int64
+}
+
+// SetJSONBody is used to set a request body that is a JSON-encoded value.
+func (r *Request) SetJSONBody(val interface{}) error {
+	buf := bytes.NewBuffer(nil)
+	enc := json.NewEncoder(buf)
+	if err := enc.Encode(val); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	r.Obj = val
+	r.Body = buf
+	r.BodySize = int64(buf.Len())
+	return nil
+}
+
+// ResetJSONBody is used to reset the body for a redirect
+func (r *Request) ResetJSONBody() error {
+	if r.Body == nil {
+		return nil
+	}
+	return r.SetJSONBody(r.Obj)
+}
+
+// ToHTTP turns this request into a valid *http.Request for use with the
+// net/http package.
+func (r *Request) ToHTTP() (*http.Request, error) {
+	// Encode the query parameters
+	r.URL.RawQuery = r.Params.Encode()
+
+	// Create the HTTP request
+	req, err := http.NewRequest(r.Method, r.URL.RequestURI(), r.Body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	req.URL.Scheme = r.URL.Scheme
+	req.URL.Host = r.URL.Host
+	req.Host = r.URL.Host
+
+	if len(r.ClientToken) != 0 {
+		req.Header.Set("X-Vault-Token", r.ClientToken)
+	}
+
+	if len(r.WrapTTL) != 0 {
+		req.Header.Set("X-Vault-Wrap-TTL", r.WrapTTL)
+	}
+
+	return req, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/response.go

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+	"bytes"
+	"encoding/json"
+	"fmt"
+	"io"
+	"net/http"
+)
+
+// Response is a raw response that wraps an HTTP response.
+type Response struct {
+	*http.Response
+}
+
+// DecodeJSON will decode the response body to a JSON structure. This
+// will consume the response body, but will not close it. Close must
+// still be called.
+func (r *Response) DecodeJSON(out interface{}) error {
+	dec := json.NewDecoder(r.Body)
+	dec.UseNumber()
+	return dec.Decode(out)
+}
+
+// Error returns an error response if there is one. If there is an error,
+// this will fully consume the response body, but will not close it. The
+// body must still be closed manually.
+func (r *Response) Error() error {
+	// 200 to 399 are okay status codes
+	if r.StatusCode >= 200 && r.StatusCode < 400 {
+		return nil
+	}
+
+	// We have an error. Let's copy the body into our own buffer first,
+	// so that if we can't decode JSON, we can at least copy it raw.
+	var bodyBuf bytes.Buffer
+	if _, err := io.Copy(&bodyBuf, r.Body); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	// Decode the error response if we can. Note that we wrap the bodyBuf
+	// in a bytes.Reader here so that the JSON decoder doesn't move the
+	// read pointer for the original buffer.
+	var resp ErrorResponse
+	dec := json.NewDecoder(bytes.NewReader(bodyBuf.Bytes()))
+	dec.UseNumber()
+	if err := dec.Decode(&resp); err != nil {
+		// Ignore the decoding error and just drop the raw response
+		return fmt.Errorf(
+			"Error making API request.\n\n"+
+				"URL: %s %s\n"+
+				"Code: %d. Raw Message:\n\n%s",
+			r.Request.Method, r.Request.URL.String(),
+			r.StatusCode, bodyBuf.String())
+	}
+
+	var errBody bytes.Buffer
+	errBody.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf(
+		"Error making API request.\n\n"+
+			"URL: %s %s\n"+
+			"Code: %d. Errors:\n\n",
+		r.Request.Method, r.Request.URL.String(),
+		r.StatusCode))
+	for _, err := range resp.Errors {
+		errBody.WriteString(fmt.Sprintf("* %s", err))
+	}
+
+	return fmt.Errorf(errBody.String())
+}
+
+// ErrorResponse is the raw structure of errors when they're returned by the
+// HTTP API.
+type ErrorResponse struct {
+	Errors []string
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/secret.go

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+	"encoding/json"
+	"io"
+)
+
+// Secret is the structure returned for every secret within Vault.
+type Secret struct {
+	LeaseID       string `json:"lease_id"`
+	LeaseDuration int    `json:"lease_duration"`
+	Renewable     bool   `json:"renewable"`
+
+	// Data is the actual contents of the secret. The format of the data
+	// is arbitrary and up to the secret backend.
+	Data map[string]interface{} `json:"data"`
+
+	// Warnings contains any warnings related to the operation. These
+	// are not issues that caused the command to fail, but that the
+	// client should be aware of.
+	Warnings []string `json:"warnings"`
+
+	// Auth, if non-nil, means that there was authentication information
+	// attached to this response.
+	Auth *SecretAuth `json:"auth,omitempty"`
+
+	// WrapInfo, if non-nil, means that the initial response was wrapped in the
+	// cubbyhole of the given token (which has a TTL of the given number of
+	// seconds)
+	WrapInfo *SecretWrapInfo `json:"wrap_info,omitempty"`
+}
+
+// SecretWrapInfo contains wrapping information if we have it.
+type SecretWrapInfo struct {
+	Token string `json:"token"`
+	TTL   int    `json:"ttl"`
+}
+
+// SecretAuth is the structure containing auth information if we have it.
+type SecretAuth struct {
+	ClientToken string            `json:"client_token"`
+	Accessor    string            `json:"accessor"`
+	Policies    []string          `json:"policies"`
+	Metadata    map[string]string `json:"metadata"`
+
+	LeaseDuration int  `json:"lease_duration"`
+	Renewable     bool `json:"renewable"`
+}
+
+// ParseSecret is used to parse a secret value from JSON from an io.Reader.
+func ParseSecret(r io.Reader) (*Secret, error) {
+	// First decode the JSON into a map[string]interface{}
+	var secret Secret
+	dec := json.NewDecoder(r)
+	dec.UseNumber()
+	if err := dec.Decode(&secret); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return &secret, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/ssh.go

@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+package api
+
+import "fmt"
+
+// SSH is used to return a client to invoke operations on SSH backend.
+type SSH struct {
+	c          *Client
+	MountPoint string
+}
+
+// SSH returns the client for logical-backend API calls.
+func (c *Client) SSH() *SSH {
+	return c.SSHWithMountPoint(SSHHelperDefaultMountPoint)
+}
+
+// SSHWithMountPoint returns the client with specific SSH mount point.
+func (c *Client) SSHWithMountPoint(mountPoint string) *SSH {
+	return &SSH{
+		c:          c,
+		MountPoint: mountPoint,
+	}
+}
+
+// Credential invokes the SSH backend API to create a credential to establish an SSH session.
+func (c *SSH) Credential(role string, data map[string]interface{}) (*Secret, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/v1/%s/creds/%s", c.MountPoint, role))
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(data); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/ssh_agent.go

@@ -0,0 +1,239 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+	"crypto/tls"
+	"crypto/x509"
+	"fmt"
+	"io/ioutil"
+	"os"
+
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-cleanhttp"
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-multierror"
+	"github.com/hashicorp/go-rootcerts"
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl"
+	"github.com/hashicorp/hcl/hcl/ast"
+	"github.com/mitchellh/mapstructure"
+)
+
+const (
+	// SSHHelperDefaultMountPoint is the default path at which SSH backend will be
+	// mounted in the Vault server.
+	SSHHelperDefaultMountPoint = "ssh"
+
+	// VerifyEchoRequest is the echo request message sent as OTP by the helper.
+	VerifyEchoRequest = "verify-echo-request"
+
+	// VerifyEchoResponse is the echo response message sent as a response to OTP
+	// matching echo request.
+	VerifyEchoResponse = "verify-echo-response"
+)
+
+// SSHHelper is a structure representing a vault-ssh-helper which can talk to vault server
+// in order to verify the OTP entered by the user. It contains the path at which
+// SSH backend is mounted at the server.
+type SSHHelper struct {
+	c          *Client
+	MountPoint string
+}
+
+// SSHVerifyResponse is a structure representing the fields in Vault server's
+// response.
+type SSHVerifyResponse struct {
+	// Usually empty. If the request OTP is echo request message, this will
+	// be set to the corresponding echo response message.
+	Message string `mapstructure:"message"`
+
+	// Username associated with the OTP
+	Username string `mapstructure:"username"`
+
+	// IP associated with the OTP
+	IP string `mapstructure:"ip"`
+}
+
+// SSHHelperConfig is a structure which represents the entries from the vault-ssh-helper's configuration file.
+type SSHHelperConfig struct {
+	VaultAddr       string `hcl:"vault_addr"`
+	SSHMountPoint   string `hcl:"ssh_mount_point"`
+	CACert          string `hcl:"ca_cert"`
+	CAPath          string `hcl:"ca_path"`
+	AllowedCidrList string `hcl:"allowed_cidr_list"`
+	TLSSkipVerify   bool   `hcl:"tls_skip_verify"`
+}
+
+// SetTLSParameters sets the TLS parameters for this SSH agent.
+func (c *SSHHelperConfig) SetTLSParameters(clientConfig *Config, certPool *x509.CertPool) {
+	tlsConfig := &tls.Config{
+		InsecureSkipVerify: c.TLSSkipVerify,
+		MinVersion:         tls.VersionTLS12,
+		RootCAs:            certPool,
+	}
+
+	transport := cleanhttp.DefaultTransport()
+	transport.TLSClientConfig = tlsConfig
+	clientConfig.HttpClient.Transport = transport
+}
+
+// NewClient returns a new client for the configuration. This client will be used by the
+// vault-ssh-helper to communicate with Vault server and verify the OTP entered by user.
+// If the configuration supplies Vault SSL certificates, then the client will
+// have TLS configured in its transport.
+func (c *SSHHelperConfig) NewClient() (*Client, error) {
+	// Creating a default client configuration for communicating with vault server.
+	clientConfig := DefaultConfig()
+
+	// Pointing the client to the actual address of vault server.
+	clientConfig.Address = c.VaultAddr
+
+	// Check if certificates are provided via config file.
+	if c.CACert != "" || c.CAPath != "" || c.TLSSkipVerify {
+		rootConfig := &rootcerts.Config{
+			CAFile: c.CACert,
+			CAPath: c.CAPath,
+		}
+		certPool, err := rootcerts.LoadCACerts(rootConfig)
+		if err != nil {
+			return nil, err
+		}
+		// Enable TLS on the HTTP client information
+		c.SetTLSParameters(clientConfig, certPool)
+	}
+
+	// Creating the client object for the given configuration
+	client, err := NewClient(clientConfig)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	return client, nil
+}
+
+// LoadSSHHelperConfig loads ssh-helper's configuration from the file and populates the corresponding
+// in-memory structure.
+//
+// Vault address is a required parameter.
+// Mount point defaults to "ssh".
+func LoadSSHHelperConfig(path string) (*SSHHelperConfig, error) {
+	contents, err := ioutil.ReadFile(path)
+	if err != nil && !os.IsNotExist(err) {
+		return nil, multierror.Prefix(err, "ssh_helper:")
+	}
+	return ParseSSHHelperConfig(string(contents))
+}
+
+// ParseSSHHelperConfig parses the given contents as a string for the SSHHelper
+// configuration.
+func ParseSSHHelperConfig(contents string) (*SSHHelperConfig, error) {
+	root, err := hcl.Parse(string(contents))
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("ssh_helper: error parsing config: %s", err)
+	}
+
+	list, ok := root.Node.(*ast.ObjectList)
+	if !ok {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("ssh_helper: error parsing config: file doesn't contain a root object")
+	}
+
+	valid := []string{
+		"vault_addr",
+		"ssh_mount_point",
+		"ca_cert",
+		"ca_path",
+		"allowed_cidr_list",
+		"tls_skip_verify",
+	}
+	if err := checkHCLKeys(list, valid); err != nil {
+		return nil, multierror.Prefix(err, "ssh_helper:")
+	}
+
+	var c SSHHelperConfig
+	c.SSHMountPoint = SSHHelperDefaultMountPoint
+	if err := hcl.DecodeObject(&c, list); err != nil {
+		return nil, multierror.Prefix(err, "ssh_helper:")
+	}
+
+	if c.VaultAddr == "" {
+		return nil, fmt.Errorf("ssh_helper: missing config 'vault_addr'")
+	}
+	return &c, nil
+}
+
+// SSHHelper creates an SSHHelper object which can talk to Vault server with SSH backend
+// mounted at default path ("ssh").
+func (c *Client) SSHHelper() *SSHHelper {
+	return c.SSHHelperWithMountPoint(SSHHelperDefaultMountPoint)
+}
+
+// SSHHelperWithMountPoint creates an SSHHelper object which can talk to Vault server with SSH backend
+// mounted at a specific mount point.
+func (c *Client) SSHHelperWithMountPoint(mountPoint string) *SSHHelper {
+	return &SSHHelper{
+		c:          c,
+		MountPoint: mountPoint,
+	}
+}
+
+// Verify verifies if the key provided by user is present in Vault server. The response
+// will contain the IP address and username associated with the OTP. In case the
+// OTP matches the echo request message, instead of searching an entry for the OTP,
+// an echo response message is returned. This feature is used by ssh-helper to verify if
+// its configured correctly.
+func (c *SSHHelper) Verify(otp string) (*SSHVerifyResponse, error) {
+	data := map[string]interface{}{
+		"otp": otp,
+	}
+	verifyPath := fmt.Sprintf("/v1/%s/verify", c.MountPoint)
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", verifyPath)
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(data); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	secret, err := ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	if secret.Data == nil {
+		return nil, nil
+	}
+
+	var verifyResp SSHVerifyResponse
+	err = mapstructure.Decode(secret.Data, &verifyResp)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	return &verifyResp, nil
+}
+
+func checkHCLKeys(node ast.Node, valid []string) error {
+	var list *ast.ObjectList
+	switch n := node.(type) {
+	case *ast.ObjectList:
+		list = n
+	case *ast.ObjectType:
+		list = n.List
+	default:
+		return fmt.Errorf("cannot check HCL keys of type %T", n)
+	}
+
+	validMap := make(map[string]struct{}, len(valid))
+	for _, v := range valid {
+		validMap[v] = struct{}{}
+	}
+
+	var result error
+	for _, item := range list.Items {
+		key := item.Keys[0].Token.Value().(string)
+		if _, ok := validMap[key]; !ok {
+			result = multierror.Append(result, fmt.Errorf(
+				"invalid key '%s' on line %d", key, item.Assign.Line))
+		}
+	}
+
+	return result
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/sys.go

@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+package api
+
+// Sys is used to perform system-related operations on Vault.
+type Sys struct {
+	c *Client
+}
+
+// Sys is used to return the client for sys-related API calls.
+func (c *Client) Sys() *Sys {
+	return &Sys{c: c}
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/sys_audit.go

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+func (c *Sys) AuditHash(path string, input string) (string, error) {
+	body := map[string]interface{}{
+		"input": input,
+	}
+
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/v1/sys/audit-hash/%s", path))
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(body); err != nil {
+		return "", err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return "", err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	type d struct {
+		Hash string
+	}
+
+	var result d
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	return result.Hash, err
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) ListAudit() (map[string]*Audit, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("GET", "/v1/sys/audit")
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	var result map[string]*Audit
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	return result, err
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) EnableAudit(
+	path string, auditType string, desc string, opts map[string]string) error {
+	body := map[string]interface{}{
+		"type":        auditType,
+		"description": desc,
+		"options":     opts,
+	}
+
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", fmt.Sprintf("/v1/sys/audit/%s", path))
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(body); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) DisableAudit(path string) error {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/v1/sys/audit/%s", path))
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err == nil {
+		defer resp.Body.Close()
+	}
+	return err
+}
+
+// Structures for the requests/resposne are all down here. They aren't
+// individually documentd because the map almost directly to the raw HTTP API
+// documentation. Please refer to that documentation for more details.
+
+type Audit struct {
+	Path        string
+	Type        string
+	Description string
+	Options     map[string]string
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/sys_auth.go

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+)
+
+func (c *Sys) ListAuth() (map[string]*AuthMount, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("GET", "/v1/sys/auth")
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	var result map[string]*AuthMount
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	return result, err
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) EnableAuth(path, authType, desc string) error {
+	body := map[string]string{
+		"type":        authType,
+		"description": desc,
+	}
+
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/v1/sys/auth/%s", path))
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(body); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) DisableAuth(path string) error {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/v1/sys/auth/%s", path))
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err == nil {
+		defer resp.Body.Close()
+	}
+	return err
+}
+
+// Structures for the requests/resposne are all down here. They aren't
+// individually documentd because the map almost directly to the raw HTTP API
+// documentation. Please refer to that documentation for more details.
+
+type AuthMount struct {
+	Type        string
+	Description string
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/sys_capabilities.go

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+package api
+
+func (c *Sys) CapabilitiesSelf(path string) ([]string, error) {
+	body := map[string]string{
+		"path": path,
+	}
+
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("POST", "/v1/sys/capabilities-self")
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(body); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	var result map[string]interface{}
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	var capabilities []string
+	capabilitiesRaw := result["capabilities"].([]interface{})
+	for _, capability := range capabilitiesRaw {
+		capabilities = append(capabilities, capability.(string))
+	}
+	return capabilities, nil
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) Capabilities(token, path string) ([]string, error) {
+	body := map[string]string{
+		"token": token,
+		"path":  path,
+	}
+
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("POST", "/v1/sys/capabilities")
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(body); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	var result map[string]interface{}
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	var capabilities []string
+	capabilitiesRaw := result["capabilities"].([]interface{})
+	for _, capability := range capabilitiesRaw {
+		capabilities = append(capabilities, capability.(string))
+	}
+	return capabilities, nil
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/sys_generate_root.go

@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+package api
+
+func (c *Sys) GenerateRootStatus() (*GenerateRootStatusResponse, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("GET", "/v1/sys/generate-root/attempt")
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	var result GenerateRootStatusResponse
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	return &result, err
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) GenerateRootInit(otp, pgpKey string) (*GenerateRootStatusResponse, error) {
+	body := map[string]interface{}{
+		"otp":     otp,
+		"pgp_key": pgpKey,
+	}
+
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", "/v1/sys/generate-root/attempt")
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(body); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	var result GenerateRootStatusResponse
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	return &result, err
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) GenerateRootCancel() error {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("DELETE", "/v1/sys/generate-root/attempt")
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err == nil {
+		defer resp.Body.Close()
+	}
+	return err
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) GenerateRootUpdate(shard, nonce string) (*GenerateRootStatusResponse, error) {
+	body := map[string]interface{}{
+		"key":   shard,
+		"nonce": nonce,
+	}
+
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", "/v1/sys/generate-root/update")
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(body); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	var result GenerateRootStatusResponse
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	return &result, err
+}
+
+type GenerateRootStatusResponse struct {
+	Nonce            string
+	Started          bool
+	Progress         int
+	Required         int
+	Complete         bool
+	EncodedRootToken string `json:"encoded_root_token"`
+	PGPFingerprint   string `json:"pgp_fingerprint"`
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/sys_init.go

@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+package api
+
+func (c *Sys) InitStatus() (bool, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("GET", "/v1/sys/init")
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return false, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	var result InitStatusResponse
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	return result.Initialized, err
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) Init(opts *InitRequest) (*InitResponse, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", "/v1/sys/init")
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(opts); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	var result InitResponse
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	return &result, err
+}
+
+type InitRequest struct {
+	SecretShares      int      `json:"secret_shares"`
+	SecretThreshold   int      `json:"secret_threshold"`
+	StoredShares      int      `json:"stored_shares"`
+	PGPKeys           []string `json:"pgp_keys"`
+	RecoveryShares    int      `json:"recovery_shares"`
+	RecoveryThreshold int      `json:"recovery_threshold"`
+	RecoveryPGPKeys   []string `json:"recovery_pgp_keys"`
+}
+
+type InitStatusResponse struct {
+	Initialized bool
+}
+
+type InitResponse struct {
+	Keys         []string
+	RecoveryKeys []string `json:"recovery_keys"`
+	RootToken    string   `json:"root_token"`
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/sys_leader.go

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+package api
+
+func (c *Sys) Leader() (*LeaderResponse, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("GET", "/v1/sys/leader")
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	var result LeaderResponse
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	return &result, err
+}
+
+type LeaderResponse struct {
+	HAEnabled     bool   `json:"ha_enabled"`
+	IsSelf        bool   `json:"is_self"`
+	LeaderAddress string `json:"leader_address"`
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/sys_lease.go

@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+package api
+
+func (c *Sys) Renew(id string, increment int) (*Secret, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", "/v1/sys/renew/"+id)
+
+	body := map[string]interface{}{"increment": increment}
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(body); err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return ParseSecret(resp.Body)
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) Revoke(id string) error {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", "/v1/sys/revoke/"+id)
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err == nil {
+		defer resp.Body.Close()
+	}
+	return err
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) RevokePrefix(id string) error {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", "/v1/sys/revoke-prefix/"+id)
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err == nil {
+		defer resp.Body.Close()
+	}
+	return err
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) RevokeForce(id string) error {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("PUT", "/v1/sys/revoke-force/"+id)
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err == nil {
+		defer resp.Body.Close()
+	}
+	return err
+}

vendor/github.com/hashicorp/vault/api/sys_mounts.go

@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
+package api
+
+import (
+	"fmt"
+
+	"github.com/fatih/structs"
+)
+
+func (c *Sys) ListMounts() (map[string]*MountOutput, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("GET", "/v1/sys/mounts")
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	var result map[string]*MountOutput
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	return result, err
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) Mount(path string, mountInfo *MountInput) error {
+	body := structs.Map(mountInfo)
+
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/v1/sys/mounts/%s", path))
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(body); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+
+	return nil
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) Unmount(path string) error {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("DELETE", fmt.Sprintf("/v1/sys/mounts/%s", path))
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err == nil {
+		defer resp.Body.Close()
+	}
+	return err
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) Remount(from, to string) error {
+	body := map[string]interface{}{
+		"from": from,
+		"to":   to,
+	}
+
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("POST", "/v1/sys/remount")
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(body); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err == nil {
+		defer resp.Body.Close()
+	}
+	return err
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) TuneMount(path string, config MountConfigInput) error {
+	body := structs.Map(config)
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("POST", fmt.Sprintf("/v1/sys/mounts/%s/tune", path))
+	if err := r.SetJSONBody(body); err != nil {
+		return err
+	}
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err == nil {
+		defer resp.Body.Close()
+	}
+	return err
+}
+
+func (c *Sys) MountConfig(path string) (*MountConfigOutput, error) {
+	r := c.c.NewRequest("GET", fmt.Sprintf("/v1/sys/mounts/%s/tune", path))
+
+	resp, err := c.c.RawRequest(r)
+	if err != nil {
+		return nil, err
+	}
+	defer resp.Body.Close()
+	var result MountConfigOutput
+	err = resp.DecodeJSON(&result)
+	return &result, err
+}
+
+type MountInput struct {
+	Type        string           `json:"type" structs:"type"`
+	Description string           `json:"description" structs:"description"`
+	Config      MountConfigInput `json:"config" structs:"config"`
+}
+
+type MountConfigInput struct {
+	DefaultLeaseTTL string `json:"default_lease_ttl" structs:"default_lease_ttl" mapstructure:"default_lease_ttl"`
+	MaxLeaseTTL     string `json:"max_lease_ttl" structs:"max_lease_ttl" mapstructure:"max_lease_ttl"`
+}
+
+type MountOutput struct {
+	Type        string            `json:"type" structs:"type"`
+	Description string            `json:"description" structs:"description"`
+	Config      MountConfigOutput `json:"config" structs:"config"`
+}
+
+type MountConfigOutput struct {
+	DefaultLeaseTTL int `json:"default_lease_ttl" structs:"default_lease_ttl" mapstructure:"default_lease_ttl"`
+	MaxLeaseTTL     int `json:"max_lease_ttl" structs:"max_lease_ttl" mapstructure:"max_lease_ttl"`
+}